diff options
Diffstat (limited to '')
| -rw-r--r-- | doc/readline.html | 7769 |
1 files changed, 7769 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/doc/readline.html b/doc/readline.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1dd7693 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/readline.html @@ -0,0 +1,7769 @@ +<HTML> +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"> +<!-- Created on October, 30 2020 by texi2html 1.64 --> +<!-- +Written by: Lionel Cons <Lionel.Cons@cern.ch> (original author) + Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> + Olaf Bachmann <obachman@mathematik.uni-kl.de> + and many others. +Maintained by: Olaf Bachmann <obachman@mathematik.uni-kl.de> +Send bugs and suggestions to <texi2html@mathematik.uni-kl.de> + +--> +<HEAD> +<TITLE>GNU Readline Library: </TITLE> + +<META NAME="description" CONTENT="GNU Readline Library: "> +<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="GNU Readline Library: "> +<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document"> +<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global"> +<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="texi2html 1.64"> + +</HEAD> + +<BODY LANG="" BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000FF" VLINK="#800080" ALINK="#FF0000"> + +<A NAME="SEC_Top"></A> +<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0> +<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD> +</TR></TABLE> +<H1>GNU Readline Library</H1></P><P> + +This document describes the GNU Readline Library, a utility which aids +in the consistency of user interface across discrete programs which +provide a command line interface. +The Readline home page is <A HREF="http://www.gnu.org/software/readline/">http://www.gnu.org/software/readline/</A>. +</P><P> + +<BLOCKQUOTE><TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=0> +<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC1">1. Command Line Editing</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">GNU Readline User's Manual.</TD></TR> +<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC23">2. Programming with GNU Readline</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">GNU Readline Programmer's Manual.</TD></TR> +<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC50">A. GNU Free Documentation License</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">License for copying this manual.</TD></TR> +<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Concept Index</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Index of concepts described in this manual.</TD></TR> +<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC53">Function and Variable Index</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Index of externally visible functions + and variables.</TD></TR> +</TABLE></BLOCKQUOTE> +<P> + +<HR SIZE=1> +<A NAME="SEC1"></A> +<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0> +<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top"> < </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC2"> > </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[ << ]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top"> Up </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC23"> >> </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD> +</TR></TABLE> +<A NAME="Command Line Editing"></A> +<H1> 1. Command Line Editing </H1> +<!--docid::SEC1::--> +<P> + +This chapter describes the basic features of the GNU +command line editing interface. +</P><P> + +<BLOCKQUOTE><TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=0> +<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC2">1.1 Introduction to Line Editing</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Notation used in this text.</TD></TR> +<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC3">1.2 Readline Interaction</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">The minimum set of commands for editing a line.</TD></TR> +<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC9">1.3 Readline Init File</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Customizing Readline from a user's view.</TD></TR> +<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC13">1.4 Bindable Readline Commands</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">A description of most of the Readline commands + available for binding</TD></TR> +<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC22">1.5 Readline vi Mode</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">A short description of how to make Readline + behave like the vi editor.</TD></TR> +</TABLE></BLOCKQUOTE> +<P> + +<A NAME="Introduction and Notation"></A> +<HR SIZE="6"> +<A NAME="SEC2"></A> +<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0> +<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC1"> < </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC3"> > </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[ << ]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC1"> Up </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC23"> >> </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD> +</TR></TABLE> +<H2> 1.1 Introduction to Line Editing </H2> +<!--docid::SEC2::--> +<P> + +The following paragraphs describe the notation used to represent +keystrokes. +</P><P> + +The text <KBD>C-k</KBD> is read as `Control-K' and describes the character +produced when the <KBD>k</KBD> key is pressed while the Control key +is depressed. +</P><P> + +The text <KBD>M-k</KBD> is read as `Meta-K' and describes the character +produced when the Meta key (if you have one) is depressed, and the <KBD>k</KBD> +key is pressed. +The Meta key is labeled <KBD>ALT</KBD> on many keyboards. +On keyboards with two keys labeled <KBD>ALT</KBD> (usually to either side of +the space bar), the <KBD>ALT</KBD> on the left side is generally set to +work as a Meta key. +The <KBD>ALT</KBD> key on the right may also be configured to work as a +Meta key or may be configured as some other modifier, such as a +Compose key for typing accented characters. +</P><P> + +If you do not have a Meta or <KBD>ALT</KBD> key, or another key working as +a Meta key, the identical keystroke can be generated by typing <KBD>ESC</KBD> +<EM>first</EM>, and then typing <KBD>k</KBD>. +Either process is known as <EM>metafying</EM> the <KBD>k</KBD> key. +</P><P> + +The text <KBD>M-C-k</KBD> is read as `Meta-Control-k' and describes the +character produced by <EM>metafying</EM> <KBD>C-k</KBD>. +</P><P> + +In addition, several keys have their own names. Specifically, +<KBD>DEL</KBD>, <KBD>ESC</KBD>, <KBD>LFD</KBD>, <KBD>SPC</KBD>, <KBD>RET</KBD>, and <KBD>TAB</KBD> all +stand for themselves when seen in this text, or in an init file +(see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC9">1.3 Readline Init File</A>). +If your keyboard lacks a <KBD>LFD</KBD> key, typing <KBD>C-j</KBD> will +produce the desired character. +The <KBD>RET</KBD> key may be labeled <KBD>Return</KBD> or <KBD>Enter</KBD> on +some keyboards. +</P><P> + +<A NAME="Readline Interaction"></A> +<HR SIZE="6"> +<A NAME="SEC3"></A> +<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0> +<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC2"> < </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC4"> > </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC9"> << </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC1"> Up </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC9"> >> </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD> +</TR></TABLE> +<H2> 1.2 Readline Interaction </H2> +<!--docid::SEC3::--> +<P> + +Often during an interactive session you type in a long line of text, +only to notice that the first word on the line is misspelled. The +Readline library gives you a set of commands for manipulating the text +as you type it in, allowing you to just fix your typo, and not forcing +you to retype the majority of the line. Using these editing commands, +you move the cursor to the place that needs correction, and delete or +insert the text of the corrections. Then, when you are satisfied with +the line, you simply press <KBD>RET</KBD>. You do not have to be at the +end of the line to press <KBD>RET</KBD>; the entire line is accepted +regardless of the location of the cursor within the line. +</P><P> + +<BLOCKQUOTE><TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=0> +<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC4">1.2.1 Readline Bare Essentials</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">The least you need to know about Readline.</TD></TR> +<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC5">1.2.2 Readline Movement Commands</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Moving about the input line.</TD></TR> +<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC6">1.2.3 Readline Killing Commands</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">How to delete text, and how to get it back!</TD></TR> +<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC7">1.2.4 Readline Arguments</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Giving numeric arguments to commands.</TD></TR> +<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC8">1.2.5 Searching for Commands in the History</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Searching through previous lines.</TD></TR> +</TABLE></BLOCKQUOTE> +<P> + +<A NAME="Readline Bare Essentials"></A> +<HR SIZE="6"> +<A NAME="SEC4"></A> +<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0> +<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC3"> < </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC5"> > </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC9"> << </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC3"> Up </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC9"> >> </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD> +</TR></TABLE> +<H3> 1.2.1 Readline Bare Essentials </H3> +<!--docid::SEC4::--> +<P> + +In order to enter characters into the line, simply type them. The typed +character appears where the cursor was, and then the cursor moves one +space to the right. If you mistype a character, you can use your +erase character to back up and delete the mistyped character. +</P><P> + +Sometimes you may mistype a character, and +not notice the error until you have typed several other characters. In +that case, you can type <KBD>C-b</KBD> to move the cursor to the left, and then +correct your mistake. Afterwards, you can move the cursor to the right +with <KBD>C-f</KBD>. +</P><P> + +When you add text in the middle of a line, you will notice that characters +to the right of the cursor are `pushed over' to make room for the text +that you have inserted. Likewise, when you delete text behind the cursor, +characters to the right of the cursor are `pulled back' to fill in the +blank space created by the removal of the text. A list of the bare +essentials for editing the text of an input line follows. +</P><P> + +<DL COMPACT> +<DT><KBD>C-b</KBD> +<DD>Move back one character. +<DT><KBD>C-f</KBD> +<DD>Move forward one character. +<DT><KBD>DEL</KBD> or <KBD>Backspace</KBD> +<DD>Delete the character to the left of the cursor. +<DT><KBD>C-d</KBD> +<DD>Delete the character underneath the cursor. +<DT>Printing characters +<DD>Insert the character into the line at the cursor. +<DT><KBD>C-_</KBD> or <KBD>C-x C-u</KBD> +<DD>Undo the last editing command. You can undo all the way back to an +empty line. +</DL> +<P> + +(Depending on your configuration, the <KBD>Backspace</KBD> key be set to +delete the character to the left of the cursor and the <KBD>DEL</KBD> key set +to delete the character underneath the cursor, like <KBD>C-d</KBD>, rather +than the character to the left of the cursor.) +</P><P> + +<A NAME="Readline Movement Commands"></A> +<HR SIZE="6"> +<A NAME="SEC5"></A> +<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0> +<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC4"> < </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC6"> > </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC6"> << </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC3"> Up </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC9"> >> </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD> +</TR></TABLE> +<H3> 1.2.2 Readline Movement Commands </H3> +<!--docid::SEC5::--> +<P> + +The above table describes the most basic keystrokes that you need +in order to do editing of the input line. For your convenience, many +other commands have been added in addition to <KBD>C-b</KBD>, <KBD>C-f</KBD>, +<KBD>C-d</KBD>, and <KBD>DEL</KBD>. Here are some commands for moving more rapidly +about the line. +</P><P> + +<DL COMPACT> +<DT><KBD>C-a</KBD> +<DD>Move to the start of the line. +<DT><KBD>C-e</KBD> +<DD>Move to the end of the line. +<DT><KBD>M-f</KBD> +<DD>Move forward a word, where a word is composed of letters and digits. +<DT><KBD>M-b</KBD> +<DD>Move backward a word. +<DT><KBD>C-l</KBD> +<DD>Clear the screen, reprinting the current line at the top. +</DL> +<P> + +Notice how <KBD>C-f</KBD> moves forward a character, while <KBD>M-f</KBD> moves +forward a word. It is a loose convention that control keystrokes +operate on characters while meta keystrokes operate on words. +</P><P> + +<A NAME="Readline Killing Commands"></A> +<HR SIZE="6"> +<A NAME="SEC6"></A> +<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0> +<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC5"> < </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC7"> > </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC7"> << </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC3"> Up </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC9"> >> </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD> +</TR></TABLE> +<H3> 1.2.3 Readline Killing Commands </H3> +<!--docid::SEC6::--> +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX1"></A> +<A NAME="IDX2"></A> +</P><P> + +<EM>Killing</EM> text means to delete the text from the line, but to save +it away for later use, usually by <EM>yanking</EM> (re-inserting) +it back into the line. +(`Cut' and `paste' are more recent jargon for `kill' and `yank'.) +</P><P> + +If the description for a command says that it `kills' text, then you can +be sure that you can get the text back in a different (or the same) +place later. +</P><P> + +When you use a kill command, the text is saved in a <EM>kill-ring</EM>. +Any number of consecutive kills save all of the killed text together, so +that when you yank it back, you get it all. The kill +ring is not line specific; the text that you killed on a previously +typed line is available to be yanked back later, when you are typing +another line. +<A NAME="IDX3"></A> +</P><P> + +Here is the list of commands for killing text. +</P><P> + +<DL COMPACT> +<DT><KBD>C-k</KBD> +<DD>Kill the text from the current cursor position to the end of the line. +<P> + +<DT><KBD>M-d</KBD> +<DD>Kill from the cursor to the end of the current word, or, if between +words, to the end of the next word. +Word boundaries are the same as those used by <KBD>M-f</KBD>. +<P> + +<DT><KBD>M-<KBD>DEL</KBD></KBD> +<DD>Kill from the cursor the start of the current word, or, if between +words, to the start of the previous word. +Word boundaries are the same as those used by <KBD>M-b</KBD>. +<P> + +<DT><KBD>C-w</KBD> +<DD>Kill from the cursor to the previous whitespace. This is different than +<KBD>M-<KBD>DEL</KBD></KBD> because the word boundaries differ. +<P> + +</DL> +<P> + +Here is how to <EM>yank</EM> the text back into the line. Yanking +means to copy the most-recently-killed text from the kill buffer. +</P><P> + +<DL COMPACT> +<DT><KBD>C-y</KBD> +<DD>Yank the most recently killed text back into the buffer at the cursor. +<P> + +<DT><KBD>M-y</KBD> +<DD>Rotate the kill-ring, and yank the new top. You can only do this if +the prior command is <KBD>C-y</KBD> or <KBD>M-y</KBD>. +</DL> +<P> + +<A NAME="Readline Arguments"></A> +<HR SIZE="6"> +<A NAME="SEC7"></A> +<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0> +<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC6"> < </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC8"> > </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC8"> << </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC3"> Up </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC9"> >> </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD> +</TR></TABLE> +<H3> 1.2.4 Readline Arguments </H3> +<!--docid::SEC7::--> +<P> + +You can pass numeric arguments to Readline commands. Sometimes the +argument acts as a repeat count, other times it is the <I>sign</I> of the +argument that is significant. If you pass a negative argument to a +command which normally acts in a forward direction, that command will +act in a backward direction. For example, to kill text back to the +start of the line, you might type <SAMP>`M-- C-k'</SAMP>. +</P><P> + +The general way to pass numeric arguments to a command is to type meta +digits before the command. If the first `digit' typed is a minus +sign (<SAMP>`-'</SAMP>), then the sign of the argument will be negative. Once +you have typed one meta digit to get the argument started, you can type +the remainder of the digits, and then the command. For example, to give +the <KBD>C-d</KBD> command an argument of 10, you could type <SAMP>`M-1 0 C-d'</SAMP>, +which will delete the next ten characters on the input line. +</P><P> + +<A NAME="Searching"></A> +<HR SIZE="6"> +<A NAME="SEC8"></A> +<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0> +<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC7"> < </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC9"> > </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC9"> << </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC3"> Up </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC9"> >> </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD> +</TR></TABLE> +<H3> 1.2.5 Searching for Commands in the History </H3> +<!--docid::SEC8::--> +<P> + +Readline provides commands for searching through the command history +for lines containing a specified string. +There are two search modes: <EM>incremental</EM> and <EM>non-incremental</EM>. +</P><P> + +Incremental searches begin before the user has finished typing the +search string. +As each character of the search string is typed, Readline displays +the next entry from the history matching the string typed so far. +An incremental search requires only as many characters as needed to +find the desired history entry. +To search backward in the history for a particular string, type +<KBD>C-r</KBD>. Typing <KBD>C-s</KBD> searches forward through the history. +The characters present in the value of the <CODE>isearch-terminators</CODE> variable +are used to terminate an incremental search. +If that variable has not been assigned a value, the <KBD>ESC</KBD> and +<KBD>C-J</KBD> characters will terminate an incremental search. +<KBD>C-g</KBD> will abort an incremental search and restore the original line. +When the search is terminated, the history entry containing the +search string becomes the current line. +</P><P> + +To find other matching entries in the history list, type <KBD>C-r</KBD> or +<KBD>C-s</KBD> as appropriate. +This will search backward or forward in the history for the next +entry matching the search string typed so far. +Any other key sequence bound to a Readline command will terminate +the search and execute that command. +For instance, a <KBD>RET</KBD> will terminate the search and accept +the line, thereby executing the command from the history list. +A movement command will terminate the search, make the last line found +the current line, and begin editing. +</P><P> + +Readline remembers the last incremental search string. If two +<KBD>C-r</KBD>s are typed without any intervening characters defining a new +search string, any remembered search string is used. +</P><P> + +Non-incremental searches read the entire search string before starting +to search for matching history lines. The search string may be +typed by the user or be part of the contents of the current line. +</P><P> + +<A NAME="Readline Init File"></A> +<HR SIZE="6"> +<A NAME="SEC9"></A> +<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0> +<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC8"> < </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC10"> > </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> << </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC1"> Up </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> >> </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD> +</TR></TABLE> +<H2> 1.3 Readline Init File </H2> +<!--docid::SEC9::--> +<P> + +Although the Readline library comes with a set of Emacs-like +keybindings installed by default, it is possible to use a different set +of keybindings. +Any user can customize programs that use Readline by putting +commands in an <EM>inputrc</EM> file, conventionally in his home directory. +The name of this +file is taken from the value of the environment variable <CODE>INPUTRC</CODE>. If +that variable is unset, the default is <TT>`~/.inputrc'</TT>. If that +file does not exist or cannot be read, the ultimate default is +<TT>`/etc/inputrc'</TT>. +</P><P> + +When a program which uses the Readline library starts up, the +init file is read, and the key bindings are set. +</P><P> + +In addition, the <CODE>C-x C-r</CODE> command re-reads this init file, thus +incorporating any changes that you might have made to it. +</P><P> + +<BLOCKQUOTE><TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=0> +<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Syntax for the commands in the inputrc file.</TD></TR> +</TABLE> + +<br> +<TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=0> +<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC11">1.3.2 Conditional Init Constructs</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Conditional key bindings in the inputrc file.</TD></TR> +</TABLE> + +<br> +<TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=0> +<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC12">1.3.3 Sample Init File</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">An example inputrc file.</TD></TR> +</TABLE></BLOCKQUOTE> +<P> + +<A NAME="Readline Init File Syntax"></A> +<HR SIZE="6"> +<A NAME="SEC10"></A> +<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0> +<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC9"> < </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC11"> > </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> << </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC9"> Up </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> >> </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD> +</TR></TABLE> +<H3> 1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax </H3> +<!--docid::SEC10::--> +<P> + +There are only a few basic constructs allowed in the +Readline init file. Blank lines are ignored. +Lines beginning with a <SAMP>`#'</SAMP> are comments. +Lines beginning with a <SAMP>`$'</SAMP> indicate conditional +constructs (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC11">1.3.2 Conditional Init Constructs</A>). Other lines +denote variable settings and key bindings. +</P><P> + +<DL COMPACT> +<DT>Variable Settings +<DD>You can modify the run-time behavior of Readline by +altering the values of variables in Readline +using the <CODE>set</CODE> command within the init file. +The syntax is simple: +<P> + +<TABLE><tr><td> </td><td class=example><pre>set <VAR>variable</VAR> <VAR>value</VAR> +</pre></td></tr></table></P><P> + +Here, for example, is how to +change from the default Emacs-like key binding to use +<CODE>vi</CODE> line editing commands: +</P><P> + +<TABLE><tr><td> </td><td class=example><pre>set editing-mode vi +</pre></td></tr></table></P><P> + +Variable names and values, where appropriate, are recognized without regard +to case. Unrecognized variable names are ignored. +</P><P> + +Boolean variables (those that can be set to on or off) are set to on if +the value is null or empty, <VAR>on</VAR> (case-insensitive), or 1. Any other +value results in the variable being set to off. +</P><P> + +A great deal of run-time behavior is changeable with the following +variables. +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX4"></A> +<DL COMPACT> + +<DT><CODE>bell-style</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX5"></A> +Controls what happens when Readline wants to ring the terminal bell. +If set to <SAMP>`none'</SAMP>, Readline never rings the bell. If set to +<SAMP>`visible'</SAMP>, Readline uses a visible bell if one is available. +If set to <SAMP>`audible'</SAMP> (the default), Readline attempts to ring +the terminal's bell. +<P> + +<DT><CODE>bind-tty-special-chars</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX6"></A> +If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP> (the default), Readline attempts to bind the control +characters treated specially by the kernel's terminal driver to their +Readline equivalents. +<P> + +<DT><CODE>blink-matching-paren</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX7"></A> +If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, Readline attempts to briefly move the cursor to an +opening parenthesis when a closing parenthesis is inserted. The default +is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>. +<P> + +<DT><CODE>colored-completion-prefix</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX8"></A> +If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, when listing completions, Readline displays the +common prefix of the set of possible completions using a different color. +The color definitions are taken from the value of the <CODE>LS_COLORS</CODE> +environment variable. +The default is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>. +<P> + +<DT><CODE>colored-stats</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX9"></A> +If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, Readline displays possible completions using different +colors to indicate their file type. +The color definitions are taken from the value of the <CODE>LS_COLORS</CODE> +environment variable. +The default is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>. +<P> + +<DT><CODE>comment-begin</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX10"></A> +The string to insert at the beginning of the line when the +<CODE>insert-comment</CODE> command is executed. The default value +is <CODE>"#"</CODE>. +<P> + +<DT><CODE>completion-display-width</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX11"></A> +The number of screen columns used to display possible matches +when performing completion. +The value is ignored if it is less than 0 or greater than the terminal +screen width. +A value of 0 will cause matches to be displayed one per line. +The default value is -1. +<P> + +<DT><CODE>completion-ignore-case</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX12"></A> +If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, Readline performs filename matching and completion +in a case-insensitive fashion. +The default value is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>. +<P> + +<DT><CODE>completion-map-case</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX13"></A> +If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, and <VAR>completion-ignore-case</VAR> is enabled, Readline +treats hyphens (<SAMP>`-'</SAMP>) and underscores (<SAMP>`_'</SAMP>) as equivalent when +performing case-insensitive filename matching and completion. +The default value is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>. +<P> + +<DT><CODE>completion-prefix-display-length</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX14"></A> +The length in characters of the common prefix of a list of possible +completions that is displayed without modification. When set to a +value greater than zero, common prefixes longer than this value are +replaced with an ellipsis when displaying possible completions. +<P> + +<DT><CODE>completion-query-items</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX15"></A> +The number of possible completions that determines when the user is +asked whether the list of possibilities should be displayed. +If the number of possible completions is greater than or equal to this value, +Readline will ask whether or not the user wishes to view them; +otherwise, they are simply listed. +This variable must be set to an integer value greater than or equal to 0. +A negative value means Readline should never ask. +The default limit is <CODE>100</CODE>. +<P> + +<DT><CODE>convert-meta</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX16"></A> +If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, Readline will convert characters with the +eighth bit set to an ASCII key sequence by stripping the eighth +bit and prefixing an <KBD>ESC</KBD> character, converting them to a +meta-prefixed key sequence. The default value is <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, but +will be set to <SAMP>`off'</SAMP> if the locale is one that contains +eight-bit characters. +<P> + +<DT><CODE>disable-completion</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX17"></A> +If set to <SAMP>`On'</SAMP>, Readline will inhibit word completion. +Completion characters will be inserted into the line as if they had +been mapped to <CODE>self-insert</CODE>. The default is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>. +<P> + +<DT><CODE>echo-control-characters</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX18"></A> +When set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, on operating systems that indicate they support it, +readline echoes a character corresponding to a signal generated from the +keyboard. The default is <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>. +<P> + +<DT><CODE>editing-mode</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX19"></A> +The <CODE>editing-mode</CODE> variable controls which default set of +key bindings is used. By default, Readline starts up in Emacs editing +mode, where the keystrokes are most similar to Emacs. This variable can be +set to either <SAMP>`emacs'</SAMP> or <SAMP>`vi'</SAMP>. +<P> + +<DT><CODE>emacs-mode-string</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX20"></A> +If the <VAR>show-mode-in-prompt</VAR> variable is enabled, +this string is displayed immediately before the last line of the primary +prompt when emacs editing mode is active. The value is expanded like a +key binding, so the standard set of meta- and control prefixes and +backslash escape sequences is available. +Use the <SAMP>`\1'</SAMP> and <SAMP>`\2'</SAMP> escapes to begin and end sequences of +non-printing characters, which can be used to embed a terminal control +sequence into the mode string. +The default is <SAMP>`@'</SAMP>. +<P> + +<DT><CODE>enable-bracketed-paste</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX21"></A> +When set to <SAMP>`On'</SAMP>, Readline will configure the terminal in a way +that will enable it to insert each paste into the editing buffer as a +single string of characters, instead of treating each character as if +it had been read from the keyboard. This can prevent pasted characters +from being interpreted as editing commands. The default is <SAMP>`On'</SAMP>. +<P> + +<DT><CODE>enable-keypad</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX22"></A> +When set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, Readline will try to enable the application +keypad when it is called. Some systems need this to enable the +arrow keys. The default is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>. +<P> + +<DT><CODE>enable-meta-key</CODE> +<DD>When set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, Readline will try to enable any meta modifier +key the terminal claims to support when it is called. On many terminals, +the meta key is used to send eight-bit characters. +The default is <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>. +<P> + +<DT><CODE>expand-tilde</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX23"></A> +If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, tilde expansion is performed when Readline +attempts word completion. The default is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>. +<P> + +<DT><CODE>history-preserve-point</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX24"></A> +If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, the history code attempts to place the point (the +current cursor position) at the +same location on each history line retrieved with <CODE>previous-history</CODE> +or <CODE>next-history</CODE>. The default is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>. +<P> + +<DT><CODE>history-size</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX25"></A> +Set the maximum number of history entries saved in the history list. +If set to zero, any existing history entries are deleted and no new entries +are saved. +If set to a value less than zero, the number of history entries is not +limited. +By default, the number of history entries is not limited. +If an attempt is made to set <VAR>history-size</VAR> to a non-numeric value, +the maximum number of history entries will be set to 500. +<P> + +<DT><CODE>horizontal-scroll-mode</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX26"></A> +This variable can be set to either <SAMP>`on'</SAMP> or <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>. Setting it +to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP> means that the text of the lines being edited will scroll +horizontally on a single screen line when they are longer than the width +of the screen, instead of wrapping onto a new screen line. +This variable is automatically set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP> for terminals of height 1. +By default, this variable is set to <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>. +<P> + +<DT><CODE>input-meta</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX27"></A> +<A NAME="IDX28"></A> +If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, Readline will enable eight-bit input (it +will not clear the eighth bit in the characters it reads), +regardless of what the terminal claims it can support. The +default value is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>, but Readline will set it to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP> if the +locale contains eight-bit characters. +The name <CODE>meta-flag</CODE> is a synonym for this variable. +<P> + +<DT><CODE>isearch-terminators</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX29"></A> +The string of characters that should terminate an incremental search without +subsequently executing the character as a command (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC8">1.2.5 Searching for Commands in the History</A>). +If this variable has not been given a value, the characters <KBD>ESC</KBD> and +<KBD>C-J</KBD> will terminate an incremental search. +<P> + +<DT><CODE>keymap</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX30"></A> +Sets Readline's idea of the current keymap for key binding commands. +Built-in <CODE>keymap</CODE> names are +<CODE>emacs</CODE>, +<CODE>emacs-standard</CODE>, +<CODE>emacs-meta</CODE>, +<CODE>emacs-ctlx</CODE>, +<CODE>vi</CODE>, +<CODE>vi-move</CODE>, +<CODE>vi-command</CODE>, and +<CODE>vi-insert</CODE>. +<CODE>vi</CODE> is equivalent to <CODE>vi-command</CODE> (<CODE>vi-move</CODE> is also a +synonym); <CODE>emacs</CODE> is equivalent to <CODE>emacs-standard</CODE>. +Applications may add additional names. +The default value is <CODE>emacs</CODE>. +The value of the <CODE>editing-mode</CODE> variable also affects the +default keymap. +<P> + +<DT><CODE>keyseq-timeout</CODE> +<DD>Specifies the duration Readline will wait for a character when reading an +ambiguous key sequence (one that can form a complete key sequence using +the input read so far, or can take additional input to complete a longer +key sequence). +If no input is received within the timeout, Readline will use the shorter +but complete key sequence. +Readline uses this value to determine whether or not input is +available on the current input source (<CODE>rl_instream</CODE> by default). +The value is specified in milliseconds, so a value of 1000 means that +Readline will wait one second for additional input. +If this variable is set to a value less than or equal to zero, or to a +non-numeric value, Readline will wait until another key is pressed to +decide which key sequence to complete. +The default value is <CODE>500</CODE>. +<P> + +<DT><CODE>mark-directories</CODE> +<DD>If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, completed directory names have a slash +appended. The default is <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>. +<P> + +<DT><CODE>mark-modified-lines</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX31"></A> +This variable, when set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, causes Readline to display an +asterisk (<SAMP>`*'</SAMP>) at the start of history lines which have been modified. +This variable is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP> by default. +<P> + +<DT><CODE>mark-symlinked-directories</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX32"></A> +If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, completed names which are symbolic links +to directories have a slash appended (subject to the value of +<CODE>mark-directories</CODE>). +The default is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>. +<P> + +<DT><CODE>match-hidden-files</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX33"></A> +This variable, when set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, causes Readline to match files whose +names begin with a <SAMP>`.'</SAMP> (hidden files) when performing filename +completion. +If set to <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>, the leading <SAMP>`.'</SAMP> must be +supplied by the user in the filename to be completed. +This variable is <SAMP>`on'</SAMP> by default. +<P> + +<DT><CODE>menu-complete-display-prefix</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX34"></A> +If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, menu completion displays the common prefix of the +list of possible completions (which may be empty) before cycling through +the list. The default is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>. +<P> + +<DT><CODE>output-meta</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX35"></A> +If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, Readline will display characters with the +eighth bit set directly rather than as a meta-prefixed escape +sequence. +The default is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>, but Readline will set it to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP> if the +locale contains eight-bit characters. +<P> + +<DT><CODE>page-completions</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX36"></A> +If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, Readline uses an internal <CODE>more</CODE>-like pager +to display a screenful of possible completions at a time. +This variable is <SAMP>`on'</SAMP> by default. +<P> + +<DT><CODE>print-completions-horizontally</CODE> +<DD>If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, Readline will display completions with matches +sorted horizontally in alphabetical order, rather than down the screen. +The default is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>. +<P> + +<DT><CODE>revert-all-at-newline</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX37"></A> +If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, Readline will undo all changes to history lines +before returning when <CODE>accept-line</CODE> is executed. By default, +history lines may be modified and retain individual undo lists across +calls to <CODE>readline</CODE>. The default is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>. +<P> + +<DT><CODE>show-all-if-ambiguous</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX38"></A> +This alters the default behavior of the completion functions. If +set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, +words which have more than one possible completion cause the +matches to be listed immediately instead of ringing the bell. +The default value is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>. +<P> + +<DT><CODE>show-all-if-unmodified</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX39"></A> +This alters the default behavior of the completion functions in +a fashion similar to <VAR>show-all-if-ambiguous</VAR>. +If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, +words which have more than one possible completion without any +possible partial completion (the possible completions don't share +a common prefix) cause the matches to be listed immediately instead +of ringing the bell. +The default value is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>. +<P> + +<DT><CODE>show-mode-in-prompt</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX40"></A> +If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, add a string to the beginning of the prompt +indicating the editing mode: emacs, vi command, or vi insertion. +The mode strings are user-settable (e.g., <VAR>emacs-mode-string</VAR>). +The default value is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>. +<P> + +<DT><CODE>skip-completed-text</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX41"></A> +If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, this alters the default completion behavior when +inserting a single match into the line. It's only active when +performing completion in the middle of a word. If enabled, readline +does not insert characters from the completion that match characters +after point in the word being completed, so portions of the word +following the cursor are not duplicated. +For instance, if this is enabled, attempting completion when the cursor +is after the <SAMP>`e'</SAMP> in <SAMP>`Makefile'</SAMP> will result in <SAMP>`Makefile'</SAMP> +rather than <SAMP>`Makefilefile'</SAMP>, assuming there is a single possible +completion. +The default value is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>. +<P> + +<DT><CODE>vi-cmd-mode-string</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX42"></A> +If the <VAR>show-mode-in-prompt</VAR> variable is enabled, +this string is displayed immediately before the last line of the primary +prompt when vi editing mode is active and in command mode. +The value is expanded like a +key binding, so the standard set of meta- and control prefixes and +backslash escape sequences is available. +Use the <SAMP>`\1'</SAMP> and <SAMP>`\2'</SAMP> escapes to begin and end sequences of +non-printing characters, which can be used to embed a terminal control +sequence into the mode string. +The default is <SAMP>`(cmd)'</SAMP>. +<P> + +<DT><CODE>vi-ins-mode-string</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX43"></A> +If the <VAR>show-mode-in-prompt</VAR> variable is enabled, +this string is displayed immediately before the last line of the primary +prompt when vi editing mode is active and in insertion mode. +The value is expanded like a +key binding, so the standard set of meta- and control prefixes and +backslash escape sequences is available. +Use the <SAMP>`\1'</SAMP> and <SAMP>`\2'</SAMP> escapes to begin and end sequences of +non-printing characters, which can be used to embed a terminal control +sequence into the mode string. +The default is <SAMP>`(ins)'</SAMP>. +<P> + +<DT><CODE>visible-stats</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX44"></A> +If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, a character denoting a file's type +is appended to the filename when listing possible +completions. The default is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>. +<P> + +</DL> +<P> + +<DT>Key Bindings +<DD>The syntax for controlling key bindings in the init file is +simple. First you need to find the name of the command that you +want to change. The following sections contain tables of the command +name, the default keybinding, if any, and a short description of what +the command does. +<P> + +Once you know the name of the command, simply place on a line +in the init file the name of the key +you wish to bind the command to, a colon, and then the name of the +command. +There can be no space between the key name and the colon -- that will be +interpreted as part of the key name. +The name of the key can be expressed in different ways, depending on +what you find most comfortable. +</P><P> + +In addition to command names, readline allows keys to be bound +to a string that is inserted when the key is pressed (a <VAR>macro</VAR>). +</P><P> + +<DL COMPACT> +<DT><VAR>keyname</VAR>: <VAR>function-name</VAR> or <VAR>macro</VAR> +<DD><VAR>keyname</VAR> is the name of a key spelled out in English. For example: +<TABLE><tr><td> </td><td class=example><pre>Control-u: universal-argument +Meta-Rubout: backward-kill-word +Control-o: "> output" +</pre></td></tr></table><P> + +In the example above, <KBD>C-u</KBD> is bound to the function +<CODE>universal-argument</CODE>, +<KBD>M-DEL</KBD> is bound to the function <CODE>backward-kill-word</CODE>, and +<KBD>C-o</KBD> is bound to run the macro +expressed on the right hand side (that is, to insert the text +<SAMP>`> output'</SAMP> into the line). +</P><P> + +A number of symbolic character names are recognized while +processing this key binding syntax: +<VAR>DEL</VAR>, +<VAR>ESC</VAR>, +<VAR>ESCAPE</VAR>, +<VAR>LFD</VAR>, +<VAR>NEWLINE</VAR>, +<VAR>RET</VAR>, +<VAR>RETURN</VAR>, +<VAR>RUBOUT</VAR>, +<VAR>SPACE</VAR>, +<VAR>SPC</VAR>, +and +<VAR>TAB</VAR>. +</P><P> + +<DT>"<VAR>keyseq</VAR>": <VAR>function-name</VAR> or <VAR>macro</VAR> +<DD><VAR>keyseq</VAR> differs from <VAR>keyname</VAR> above in that strings +denoting an entire key sequence can be specified, by placing +the key sequence in double quotes. Some GNU Emacs style key +escapes can be used, as in the following example, but the +special character names are not recognized. +<P> + +<TABLE><tr><td> </td><td class=example><pre>"\C-u": universal-argument +"\C-x\C-r": re-read-init-file +"\e[11~": "Function Key 1" +</pre></td></tr></table></P><P> + +In the above example, <KBD>C-u</KBD> is again bound to the function +<CODE>universal-argument</CODE> (just as it was in the first example), +<SAMP>`<KBD>C-x</KBD> <KBD>C-r</KBD>'</SAMP> is bound to the function <CODE>re-read-init-file</CODE>, +and <SAMP>`<KBD>ESC</KBD> <KBD>[</KBD> <KBD>1</KBD> <KBD>1</KBD> <KBD>~</KBD>'</SAMP> is bound to insert +the text <SAMP>`Function Key 1'</SAMP>. +</P><P> + +</DL> +<P> + +The following GNU Emacs style escape sequences are available when +specifying key sequences: +</P><P> + +<DL COMPACT> +<DT><CODE><KBD>\C-</KBD></CODE> +<DD>control prefix +<DT><CODE><KBD>\M-</KBD></CODE> +<DD>meta prefix +<DT><CODE><KBD>\e</KBD></CODE> +<DD>an escape character +<DT><CODE><KBD>\\</KBD></CODE> +<DD>backslash +<DT><CODE><KBD>\"</KBD></CODE> +<DD><KBD>"</KBD>, a double quotation mark +<DT><CODE><KBD>\'</KBD></CODE> +<DD><KBD>'</KBD>, a single quote or apostrophe +</DL> +<P> + +In addition to the GNU Emacs style escape sequences, a second +set of backslash escapes is available: +</P><P> + +<DL COMPACT> +<DT><CODE>\a</CODE> +<DD>alert (bell) +<DT><CODE>\b</CODE> +<DD>backspace +<DT><CODE>\d</CODE> +<DD>delete +<DT><CODE>\f</CODE> +<DD>form feed +<DT><CODE>\n</CODE> +<DD>newline +<DT><CODE>\r</CODE> +<DD>carriage return +<DT><CODE>\t</CODE> +<DD>horizontal tab +<DT><CODE>\v</CODE> +<DD>vertical tab +<DT><CODE>\<VAR>nnn</VAR></CODE> +<DD>the eight-bit character whose value is the octal value <VAR>nnn</VAR> +(one to three digits) +<DT><CODE>\x<VAR>HH</VAR></CODE> +<DD>the eight-bit character whose value is the hexadecimal value <VAR>HH</VAR> +(one or two hex digits) +</DL> +<P> + +When entering the text of a macro, single or double quotes must +be used to indicate a macro definition. +Unquoted text is assumed to be a function name. +In the macro body, the backslash escapes described above are expanded. +Backslash will quote any other character in the macro text, +including <SAMP>`"'</SAMP> and <SAMP>`''</SAMP>. +For example, the following binding will make <SAMP>`<KBD>C-x</KBD> \'</SAMP> +insert a single <SAMP>`\'</SAMP> into the line: +<TABLE><tr><td> </td><td class=example><pre>"\C-x\\": "\\" +</pre></td></tr></table></P><P> + +</DL> +<P> + +<A NAME="Conditional Init Constructs"></A> +<HR SIZE="6"> +<A NAME="SEC11"></A> +<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0> +<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC10"> < </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC12"> > </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC12"> << </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC9"> Up </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> >> </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD> +</TR></TABLE> +<H3> 1.3.2 Conditional Init Constructs </H3> +<!--docid::SEC11::--> +<P> + +Readline implements a facility similar in spirit to the conditional +compilation features of the C preprocessor which allows key +bindings and variable settings to be performed as the result +of tests. There are four parser directives used. +</P><P> + +<DL COMPACT> +<DT><CODE>$if</CODE> +<DD>The <CODE>$if</CODE> construct allows bindings to be made based on the +editing mode, the terminal being used, or the application using +Readline. The text of the test, after any comparison operator, +extends to the end of the line; +unless otherwise noted, no characters are required to isolate it. +<P> + +<DL COMPACT> +<DT><CODE>mode</CODE> +<DD>The <CODE>mode=</CODE> form of the <CODE>$if</CODE> directive is used to test +whether Readline is in <CODE>emacs</CODE> or <CODE>vi</CODE> mode. +This may be used in conjunction +with the <SAMP>`set keymap'</SAMP> command, for instance, to set bindings in +the <CODE>emacs-standard</CODE> and <CODE>emacs-ctlx</CODE> keymaps only if +Readline is starting out in <CODE>emacs</CODE> mode. +<P> + +<DT><CODE>term</CODE> +<DD>The <CODE>term=</CODE> form may be used to include terminal-specific +key bindings, perhaps to bind the key sequences output by the +terminal's function keys. The word on the right side of the +<SAMP>`='</SAMP> is tested against both the full name of the terminal and +the portion of the terminal name before the first <SAMP>`-'</SAMP>. This +allows <CODE>sun</CODE> to match both <CODE>sun</CODE> and <CODE>sun-cmd</CODE>, +for instance. +<P> + +<DT><CODE>version</CODE> +<DD>The <CODE>version</CODE> test may be used to perform comparisons against +specific Readline versions. +The <CODE>version</CODE> expands to the current Readline version. +The set of comparison operators includes +<SAMP>`='</SAMP> (and <SAMP>`=='</SAMP>), <SAMP>`!='</SAMP>, <SAMP>`<='</SAMP>, <SAMP>`>='</SAMP>, <SAMP>`<'</SAMP>, +and <SAMP>`>'</SAMP>. +The version number supplied on the right side of the operator consists +of a major version number, an optional decimal point, and an optional +minor version (e.g., <SAMP>`7.1'</SAMP>). If the minor version is omitted, it +is assumed to be <SAMP>`0'</SAMP>. +The operator may be separated from the string <CODE>version</CODE> and +from the version number argument by whitespace. +The following example sets a variable if the Readline version being used +is 7.0 or newer: +<TABLE><tr><td> </td><td class=example><pre>$if version >= 7.0 +set show-mode-in-prompt on +$endif +</pre></td></tr></table><P> + +<DT><CODE>application</CODE> +<DD>The <VAR>application</VAR> construct is used to include +application-specific settings. Each program using the Readline +library sets the <VAR>application name</VAR>, and you can test for +a particular value. +This could be used to bind key sequences to functions useful for +a specific program. For instance, the following command adds a +key sequence that quotes the current or previous word in Bash: +<TABLE><tr><td> </td><td class=example><pre>$if Bash +# Quote the current or previous word +"\C-xq": "\eb\"\ef\"" +$endif +</pre></td></tr></table><P> + +<DT><CODE>variable</CODE> +<DD>The <VAR>variable</VAR> construct provides simple equality tests for Readline +variables and values. +The permitted comparison operators are <SAMP>`='</SAMP>, <SAMP>`=='</SAMP>, and <SAMP>`!='</SAMP>. +The variable name must be separated from the comparison operator by +whitespace; the operator may be separated from the value on the right hand +side by whitespace. +Both string and boolean variables may be tested. Boolean variables must be +tested against the values <VAR>on</VAR> and <VAR>off</VAR>. +The following example is equivalent to the <CODE>mode=emacs</CODE> test described +above: +<TABLE><tr><td> </td><td class=example><pre>$if editing-mode == emacs +set show-mode-in-prompt on +$endif +</pre></td></tr></table></DL> +<P> + +<DT><CODE>$endif</CODE> +<DD>This command, as seen in the previous example, terminates an +<CODE>$if</CODE> command. +<P> + +<DT><CODE>$else</CODE> +<DD>Commands in this branch of the <CODE>$if</CODE> directive are executed if +the test fails. +<P> + +<DT><CODE>$include</CODE> +<DD>This directive takes a single filename as an argument and reads commands +and bindings from that file. +For example, the following directive reads from <TT>`/etc/inputrc'</TT>: +<TABLE><tr><td> </td><td class=example><pre>$include /etc/inputrc +</pre></td></tr></table></DL> +<P> + +<A NAME="Sample Init File"></A> +<HR SIZE="6"> +<A NAME="SEC12"></A> +<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0> +<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC11"> < </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> > </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> << </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC9"> Up </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> >> </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD> +</TR></TABLE> +<H3> 1.3.3 Sample Init File </H3> +<!--docid::SEC12::--> +<P> + +Here is an example of an <VAR>inputrc</VAR> file. This illustrates key +binding, variable assignment, and conditional syntax. +</P><P> + +<TABLE><tr><td> </td><td class=example><pre># This file controls the behaviour of line input editing for +# programs that use the GNU Readline library. Existing +# programs include FTP, Bash, and GDB. +# +# You can re-read the inputrc file with C-x C-r. +# Lines beginning with '#' are comments. +# +# First, include any system-wide bindings and variable +# assignments from /etc/Inputrc +$include /etc/Inputrc + +# +# Set various bindings for emacs mode. + +set editing-mode emacs + +$if mode=emacs + +Meta-Control-h: backward-kill-word Text after the function name is ignored + +# +# Arrow keys in keypad mode +# +#"\M-OD": backward-char +#"\M-OC": forward-char +#"\M-OA": previous-history +#"\M-OB": next-history +# +# Arrow keys in ANSI mode +# +"\M-[D": backward-char +"\M-[C": forward-char +"\M-[A": previous-history +"\M-[B": next-history +# +# Arrow keys in 8 bit keypad mode +# +#"\M-\C-OD": backward-char +#"\M-\C-OC": forward-char +#"\M-\C-OA": previous-history +#"\M-\C-OB": next-history +# +# Arrow keys in 8 bit ANSI mode +# +#"\M-\C-[D": backward-char +#"\M-\C-[C": forward-char +#"\M-\C-[A": previous-history +#"\M-\C-[B": next-history + +C-q: quoted-insert + +$endif + +# An old-style binding. This happens to be the default. +TAB: complete + +# Macros that are convenient for shell interaction +$if Bash +# edit the path +"\C-xp": "PATH=${PATH}\e\C-e\C-a\ef\C-f" +# prepare to type a quoted word -- +# insert open and close double quotes +# and move to just after the open quote +"\C-x\"": "\"\"\C-b" +# insert a backslash (testing backslash escapes +# in sequences and macros) +"\C-x\\": "\\" +# Quote the current or previous word +"\C-xq": "\eb\"\ef\"" +# Add a binding to refresh the line, which is unbound +"\C-xr": redraw-current-line +# Edit variable on current line. +"\M-\C-v": "\C-a\C-k$\C-y\M-\C-e\C-a\C-y=" +$endif + +# use a visible bell if one is available +set bell-style visible + +# don't strip characters to 7 bits when reading +set input-meta on + +# allow iso-latin1 characters to be inserted rather +# than converted to prefix-meta sequences +set convert-meta off + +# display characters with the eighth bit set directly +# rather than as meta-prefixed characters +set output-meta on + +# if there are 150 or more possible completions for a word, +# ask whether or not the user wants to see all of them +set completion-query-items 150 + +# For FTP +$if Ftp +"\C-xg": "get \M-?" +"\C-xt": "put \M-?" +"\M-.": yank-last-arg +$endif +</pre></td></tr></table></P><P> + +<A NAME="Bindable Readline Commands"></A> +<HR SIZE="6"> +<A NAME="SEC13"></A> +<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0> +<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC12"> < </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC14"> > </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC22"> << </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC1"> Up </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC22"> >> </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD> +</TR></TABLE> +<H2> 1.4 Bindable Readline Commands </H2> +<!--docid::SEC13::--> +<P> + +<BLOCKQUOTE><TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=0> +<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Moving about the line.</TD></TR> +<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Getting at previous lines.</TD></TR> +<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Commands for changing text.</TD></TR> +<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Commands for killing and yanking.</TD></TR> +<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC18">1.4.5 Specifying Numeric Arguments</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Specifying numeric arguments, repeat counts.</TD></TR> +<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC19">1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Getting Readline to do the typing for you.</TD></TR> +<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC20">1.4.7 Keyboard Macros</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Saving and re-executing typed characters</TD></TR> +<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Other miscellaneous commands.</TD></TR> +</TABLE></BLOCKQUOTE> +<P> + +This section describes Readline commands that may be bound to key +sequences. +Command names without an accompanying key sequence are unbound by default. +</P><P> + +In the following descriptions, <EM>point</EM> refers to the current cursor +position, and <EM>mark</EM> refers to a cursor position saved by the +<CODE>set-mark</CODE> command. +The text between the point and mark is referred to as the <EM>region</EM>. +</P><P> + +<A NAME="Commands For Moving"></A> +<HR SIZE="6"> +<A NAME="SEC14"></A> +<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0> +<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> < </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC15"> > </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC22"> << </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> Up </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC22"> >> </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD> +</TR></TABLE> +<H3> 1.4.1 Commands For Moving </H3> +<!--docid::SEC14::--> +<DL COMPACT> +<A NAME="IDX45"></A> +<DT><CODE>beginning-of-line (C-a)</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX46"></A> +Move to the start of the current line. +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX47"></A> +<DT><CODE>end-of-line (C-e)</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX48"></A> +Move to the end of the line. +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX49"></A> +<DT><CODE>forward-char (C-f)</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX50"></A> +Move forward a character. +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX51"></A> +<DT><CODE>backward-char (C-b)</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX52"></A> +Move back a character. +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX53"></A> +<DT><CODE>forward-word (M-f)</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX54"></A> +Move forward to the end of the next word. +Words are composed of letters and digits. +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX55"></A> +<DT><CODE>backward-word (M-b)</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX56"></A> +Move back to the start of the current or previous word. +Words are composed of letters and digits. +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX57"></A> +<DT><CODE>previous-screen-line ()</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX58"></A> +Attempt to move point to the same physical screen column on the previous +physical screen line. This will not have the desired effect if the current +Readline line does not take up more than one physical line or if point is not +greater than the length of the prompt plus the screen width. +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX59"></A> +<DT><CODE>next-screen-line ()</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX60"></A> +Attempt to move point to the same physical screen column on the next +physical screen line. This will not have the desired effect if the current +Readline line does not take up more than one physical line or if the length +of the current Readline line is not greater than the length of the prompt +plus the screen width. +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX61"></A> +<DT><CODE>clear-display (M-C-l)</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX62"></A> +Clear the screen and, if possible, the terminal's scrollback buffer, +then redraw the current line, +leaving the current line at the top of the screen. +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX63"></A> +<DT><CODE>clear-screen (C-l)</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX64"></A> +Clear the screen, +then redraw the current line, +leaving the current line at the top of the screen. +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX65"></A> +<DT><CODE>redraw-current-line ()</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX66"></A> +Refresh the current line. By default, this is unbound. +<P> + +</DL> +<P> + +<A NAME="Commands For History"></A> +<HR SIZE="6"> +<A NAME="SEC15"></A> +<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0> +<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC14"> < </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC16"> > </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC16"> << </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> Up </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC22"> >> </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD> +</TR></TABLE> +<H3> 1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History </H3> +<!--docid::SEC15::--> +<P> + +<DL COMPACT> +<A NAME="IDX67"></A> +<DT><CODE>accept-line (Newline or Return)</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX68"></A> +Accept the line regardless of where the cursor is. +If this line is +non-empty, it may be added to the history list for future recall with +<CODE>add_history()</CODE>. +If this line is a modified history line, the history line is restored +to its original state. +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX69"></A> +<DT><CODE>previous-history (C-p)</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX70"></A> +Move `back' through the history list, fetching the previous command. +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX71"></A> +<DT><CODE>next-history (C-n)</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX72"></A> +Move `forward' through the history list, fetching the next command. +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX73"></A> +<DT><CODE>beginning-of-history (M-<)</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX74"></A> +Move to the first line in the history. +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX75"></A> +<DT><CODE>end-of-history (M->)</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX76"></A> +Move to the end of the input history, i.e., the line currently +being entered. +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX77"></A> +<DT><CODE>reverse-search-history (C-r)</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX78"></A> +Search backward starting at the current line and moving `up' through +the history as necessary. This is an incremental search. +This command sets the region to the matched text and activates the mark. +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX79"></A> +<DT><CODE>forward-search-history (C-s)</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX80"></A> +Search forward starting at the current line and moving `down' through +the history as necessary. This is an incremental search. +This command sets the region to the matched text and activates the mark. +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX81"></A> +<DT><CODE>non-incremental-reverse-search-history (M-p)</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX82"></A> +Search backward starting at the current line and moving `up' +through the history as necessary using a non-incremental search +for a string supplied by the user. +The search string may match anywhere in a history line. +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX83"></A> +<DT><CODE>non-incremental-forward-search-history (M-n)</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX84"></A> +Search forward starting at the current line and moving `down' +through the history as necessary using a non-incremental search +for a string supplied by the user. +The search string may match anywhere in a history line. +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX85"></A> +<DT><CODE>history-search-forward ()</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX86"></A> +Search forward through the history for the string of characters +between the start of the current line and the point. +The search string must match at the beginning of a history line. +This is a non-incremental search. +By default, this command is unbound. +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX87"></A> +<DT><CODE>history-search-backward ()</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX88"></A> +Search backward through the history for the string of characters +between the start of the current line and the point. +The search string must match at the beginning of a history line. +This is a non-incremental search. +By default, this command is unbound. +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX89"></A> +<DT><CODE>history-substring-search-forward ()</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX90"></A> +Search forward through the history for the string of characters +between the start of the current line and the point. +The search string may match anywhere in a history line. +This is a non-incremental search. +By default, this command is unbound. +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX91"></A> +<DT><CODE>history-substring-search-backward ()</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX92"></A> +Search backward through the history for the string of characters +between the start of the current line and the point. +The search string may match anywhere in a history line. +This is a non-incremental search. +By default, this command is unbound. +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX93"></A> +<DT><CODE>yank-nth-arg (M-C-y)</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX94"></A> +Insert the first argument to the previous command (usually +the second word on the previous line) at point. +With an argument <VAR>n</VAR>, +insert the <VAR>n</VAR>th word from the previous command (the words +in the previous command begin with word 0). A negative argument +inserts the <VAR>n</VAR>th word from the end of the previous command. +Once the argument <VAR>n</VAR> is computed, the argument is extracted +as if the <SAMP>`!<VAR>n</VAR>'</SAMP> history expansion had been specified. +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX95"></A> +<DT><CODE>yank-last-arg (M-. or M-_)</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX96"></A> +Insert last argument to the previous command (the last word of the +previous history entry). +With a numeric argument, behave exactly like <CODE>yank-nth-arg</CODE>. +Successive calls to <CODE>yank-last-arg</CODE> move back through the history +list, inserting the last word (or the word specified by the argument to +the first call) of each line in turn. +Any numeric argument supplied to these successive calls determines +the direction to move through the history. A negative argument switches +the direction through the history (back or forward). +The history expansion facilities are used to extract the last argument, +as if the <SAMP>`!$'</SAMP> history expansion had been specified. +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX97"></A> +<DT><CODE>operate-and-get-next (C-o)</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX98"></A> +Accept the current line for return to the calling application as if a +newline had been entered, +and fetch the next line relative to the current line from the history +for editing. +A numeric argument, if supplied, specifies the history entry to use instead +of the current line. +<P> + +</DL> +<P> + +<A NAME="Commands For Text"></A> +<HR SIZE="6"> +<A NAME="SEC16"></A> +<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0> +<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC15"> < </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC17"> > </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC17"> << </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> Up </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC22"> >> </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD> +</TR></TABLE> +<H3> 1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text </H3> +<!--docid::SEC16::--> +<P> + +<DL COMPACT> + +<A NAME="IDX99"></A> +<DT><CODE><I>end-of-file</I> (usually C-d)</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX100"></A> +The character indicating end-of-file as set, for example, by +<CODE>stty</CODE>. If this character is read when there are no characters +on the line, and point is at the beginning of the line, Readline +interprets it as the end of input and returns EOF. +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX101"></A> +<DT><CODE>delete-char (C-d)</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX102"></A> +Delete the character at point. If this function is bound to the +same character as the tty EOF character, as <KBD>C-d</KBD> +commonly is, see above for the effects. +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX103"></A> +<DT><CODE>backward-delete-char (Rubout)</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX104"></A> +Delete the character behind the cursor. A numeric argument means +to kill the characters instead of deleting them. +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX105"></A> +<DT><CODE>forward-backward-delete-char ()</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX106"></A> +Delete the character under the cursor, unless the cursor is at the +end of the line, in which case the character behind the cursor is +deleted. By default, this is not bound to a key. +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX107"></A> +<DT><CODE>quoted-insert (C-q or C-v)</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX108"></A> +Add the next character typed to the line verbatim. This is +how to insert key sequences like <KBD>C-q</KBD>, for example. +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX109"></A> +<DT><CODE>tab-insert (M-<KBD>TAB</KBD>)</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX110"></A> +Insert a tab character. +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX111"></A> +<DT><CODE>self-insert (a, b, A, 1, !, <small>...</small>)</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX112"></A> +Insert yourself. +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX113"></A> +<DT><CODE>bracketed-paste-begin ()</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX114"></A> +This function is intended to be bound to the "bracketed paste" escape +sequence sent by some terminals, and such a binding is assigned by default. +It allows Readline to insert the pasted text as a single unit without treating +each character as if it had been read from the keyboard. The characters +are inserted as if each one was bound to <CODE>self-insert</CODE> instead of +executing any editing commands. +<P> + +Bracketed paste sets the region (the characters between point and the mark) +to the inserted text. It uses the concept of an <EM>active mark</EM>: when the +mark is active, Readline redisplay uses the terminal's standout mode to +denote the region. +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX115"></A> +<DT><CODE>transpose-chars (C-t)</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX116"></A> +Drag the character before the cursor forward over +the character at the cursor, moving the +cursor forward as well. If the insertion point +is at the end of the line, then this +transposes the last two characters of the line. +Negative arguments have no effect. +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX117"></A> +<DT><CODE>transpose-words (M-t)</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX118"></A> +Drag the word before point past the word after point, +moving point past that word as well. +If the insertion point is at the end of the line, this transposes +the last two words on the line. +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX119"></A> +<DT><CODE>upcase-word (M-u)</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX120"></A> +Uppercase the current (or following) word. With a negative argument, +uppercase the previous word, but do not move the cursor. +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX121"></A> +<DT><CODE>downcase-word (M-l)</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX122"></A> +Lowercase the current (or following) word. With a negative argument, +lowercase the previous word, but do not move the cursor. +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX123"></A> +<DT><CODE>capitalize-word (M-c)</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX124"></A> +Capitalize the current (or following) word. With a negative argument, +capitalize the previous word, but do not move the cursor. +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX125"></A> +<DT><CODE>overwrite-mode ()</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX126"></A> +Toggle overwrite mode. With an explicit positive numeric argument, +switches to overwrite mode. With an explicit non-positive numeric +argument, switches to insert mode. This command affects only +<CODE>emacs</CODE> mode; <CODE>vi</CODE> mode does overwrite differently. +Each call to <CODE>readline()</CODE> starts in insert mode. +<P> + +In overwrite mode, characters bound to <CODE>self-insert</CODE> replace +the text at point rather than pushing the text to the right. +Characters bound to <CODE>backward-delete-char</CODE> replace the character +before point with a space. +</P><P> + +By default, this command is unbound. +</P><P> + +</DL> +<P> + +<A NAME="Commands For Killing"></A> +<HR SIZE="6"> +<A NAME="SEC17"></A> +<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0> +<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC16"> < </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC18"> > </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC18"> << </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> Up </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC22"> >> </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD> +</TR></TABLE> +<H3> 1.4.4 Killing And Yanking </H3> +<!--docid::SEC17::--> +<P> + +<DL COMPACT> + +<A NAME="IDX127"></A> +<DT><CODE>kill-line (C-k)</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX128"></A> +Kill the text from point to the end of the line. +With a negative numeric argument, kill backward from the cursor to the +beginning of the current line. +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX129"></A> +<DT><CODE>backward-kill-line (C-x Rubout)</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX130"></A> +Kill backward from the cursor to the beginning of the current line. +With a negative numeric argument, kill forward from the cursor to the +end of the current line. +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX131"></A> +<DT><CODE>unix-line-discard (C-u)</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX132"></A> +Kill backward from the cursor to the beginning of the current line. +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX133"></A> +<DT><CODE>kill-whole-line ()</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX134"></A> +Kill all characters on the current line, no matter where point is. +By default, this is unbound. +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX135"></A> +<DT><CODE>kill-word (M-d)</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX136"></A> +Kill from point to the end of the current word, or if between +words, to the end of the next word. +Word boundaries are the same as <CODE>forward-word</CODE>. +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX137"></A> +<DT><CODE>backward-kill-word (M-<KBD>DEL</KBD>)</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX138"></A> +Kill the word behind point. +Word boundaries are the same as <CODE>backward-word</CODE>. +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX139"></A> +<DT><CODE>shell-transpose-words (M-C-t)</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX140"></A> +Drag the word before point past the word after point, +moving point past that word as well. +If the insertion point is at the end of the line, this transposes +the last two words on the line. +Word boundaries are the same as <CODE>shell-forward-word</CODE> and +<CODE>shell-backward-word</CODE>. +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX141"></A> +<DT><CODE>unix-word-rubout (C-w)</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX142"></A> +Kill the word behind point, using white space as a word boundary. +The killed text is saved on the kill-ring. +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX143"></A> +<DT><CODE>unix-filename-rubout ()</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX144"></A> +Kill the word behind point, using white space and the slash character +as the word boundaries. +The killed text is saved on the kill-ring. +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX145"></A> +<DT><CODE>delete-horizontal-space ()</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX146"></A> +Delete all spaces and tabs around point. By default, this is unbound. +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX147"></A> +<DT><CODE>kill-region ()</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX148"></A> +Kill the text in the current region. +By default, this command is unbound. +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX149"></A> +<DT><CODE>copy-region-as-kill ()</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX150"></A> +Copy the text in the region to the kill buffer, so it can be yanked +right away. By default, this command is unbound. +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX151"></A> +<DT><CODE>copy-backward-word ()</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX152"></A> +Copy the word before point to the kill buffer. +The word boundaries are the same as <CODE>backward-word</CODE>. +By default, this command is unbound. +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX153"></A> +<DT><CODE>copy-forward-word ()</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX154"></A> +Copy the word following point to the kill buffer. +The word boundaries are the same as <CODE>forward-word</CODE>. +By default, this command is unbound. +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX155"></A> +<DT><CODE>yank (C-y)</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX156"></A> +Yank the top of the kill ring into the buffer at point. +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX157"></A> +<DT><CODE>yank-pop (M-y)</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX158"></A> +Rotate the kill-ring, and yank the new top. You can only do this if +the prior command is <CODE>yank</CODE> or <CODE>yank-pop</CODE>. +</DL> +<P> + +<A NAME="Numeric Arguments"></A> +<HR SIZE="6"> +<A NAME="SEC18"></A> +<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0> +<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC17"> < </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC19"> > </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC19"> << </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> Up </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC22"> >> </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD> +</TR></TABLE> +<H3> 1.4.5 Specifying Numeric Arguments </H3> +<!--docid::SEC18::--> +<DL COMPACT> + +<A NAME="IDX159"></A> +<DT><CODE>digit-argument (<KBD>M-0</KBD>, <KBD>M-1</KBD>, <small>...</small> <KBD>M--</KBD>)</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX160"></A> +Add this digit to the argument already accumulating, or start a new +argument. <KBD>M--</KBD> starts a negative argument. +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX161"></A> +<DT><CODE>universal-argument ()</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX162"></A> +This is another way to specify an argument. +If this command is followed by one or more digits, optionally with a +leading minus sign, those digits define the argument. +If the command is followed by digits, executing <CODE>universal-argument</CODE> +again ends the numeric argument, but is otherwise ignored. +As a special case, if this command is immediately followed by a +character that is neither a digit nor minus sign, the argument count +for the next command is multiplied by four. +The argument count is initially one, so executing this function the +first time makes the argument count four, a second time makes the +argument count sixteen, and so on. +By default, this is not bound to a key. +</DL> +<P> + +<A NAME="Commands For Completion"></A> +<HR SIZE="6"> +<A NAME="SEC19"></A> +<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0> +<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC18"> < </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC20"> > </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC20"> << </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> Up </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC22"> >> </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD> +</TR></TABLE> +<H3> 1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You </H3> +<!--docid::SEC19::--> +<P> + +<DL COMPACT> +<A NAME="IDX163"></A> +<DT><CODE>complete (<KBD>TAB</KBD>)</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX164"></A> +Attempt to perform completion on the text before point. +The actual completion performed is application-specific. +The default is filename completion. +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX165"></A> +<DT><CODE>possible-completions (M-?)</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX166"></A> +List the possible completions of the text before point. +When displaying completions, Readline sets the number of columns used +for display to the value of <CODE>completion-display-width</CODE>, the value of +the environment variable <CODE>COLUMNS</CODE>, or the screen width, in that order. +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX167"></A> +<DT><CODE>insert-completions (M-*)</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX168"></A> +Insert all completions of the text before point that would have +been generated by <CODE>possible-completions</CODE>. +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX169"></A> +<DT><CODE>menu-complete ()</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX170"></A> +Similar to <CODE>complete</CODE>, but replaces the word to be completed +with a single match from the list of possible completions. +Repeated execution of <CODE>menu-complete</CODE> steps through the list +of possible completions, inserting each match in turn. +At the end of the list of completions, the bell is rung +(subject to the setting of <CODE>bell-style</CODE>) +and the original text is restored. +An argument of <VAR>n</VAR> moves <VAR>n</VAR> positions forward in the list +of matches; a negative argument may be used to move backward +through the list. +This command is intended to be bound to <KBD>TAB</KBD>, but is unbound +by default. +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX171"></A> +<DT><CODE>menu-complete-backward ()</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX172"></A> +Identical to <CODE>menu-complete</CODE>, but moves backward through the list +of possible completions, as if <CODE>menu-complete</CODE> had been given a +negative argument. +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX173"></A> +<DT><CODE>delete-char-or-list ()</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX174"></A> +Deletes the character under the cursor if not at the beginning or +end of the line (like <CODE>delete-char</CODE>). +If at the end of the line, behaves identically to +<CODE>possible-completions</CODE>. +This command is unbound by default. +<P> + +</DL> +<P> + +<A NAME="Keyboard Macros"></A> +<HR SIZE="6"> +<A NAME="SEC20"></A> +<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0> +<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC19"> < </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC21"> > </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC21"> << </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> Up </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC22"> >> </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD> +</TR></TABLE> +<H3> 1.4.7 Keyboard Macros </H3> +<!--docid::SEC20::--> +<DL COMPACT> + +<A NAME="IDX175"></A> +<DT><CODE>start-kbd-macro (C-x ()</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX176"></A> +Begin saving the characters typed into the current keyboard macro. +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX177"></A> +<DT><CODE>end-kbd-macro (C-x ))</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX178"></A> +Stop saving the characters typed into the current keyboard macro +and save the definition. +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX179"></A> +<DT><CODE>call-last-kbd-macro (C-x e)</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX180"></A> +Re-execute the last keyboard macro defined, by making the characters +in the macro appear as if typed at the keyboard. +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX181"></A> +<DT><CODE>print-last-kbd-macro ()</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX182"></A> +Print the last keboard macro defined in a format suitable for the +<VAR>inputrc</VAR> file. +<P> + +</DL> +<P> + +<A NAME="Miscellaneous Commands"></A> +<HR SIZE="6"> +<A NAME="SEC21"></A> +<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0> +<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC20"> < </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC22"> > </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC22"> << </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> Up </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC22"> >> </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD> +</TR></TABLE> +<H3> 1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands </H3> +<!--docid::SEC21::--> +<DL COMPACT> + +<A NAME="IDX183"></A> +<DT><CODE>re-read-init-file (C-x C-r)</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX184"></A> +Read in the contents of the <VAR>inputrc</VAR> file, and incorporate +any bindings or variable assignments found there. +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX185"></A> +<DT><CODE>abort (C-g)</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX186"></A> +Abort the current editing command and +ring the terminal's bell (subject to the setting of +<CODE>bell-style</CODE>). +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX187"></A> +<DT><CODE>do-lowercase-version (M-A, M-B, M-<VAR>x</VAR>, <small>...</small>)</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX188"></A> +If the metafied character <VAR>x</VAR> is upper case, run the command +that is bound to the corresponding metafied lower case character. +The behavior is undefined if <VAR>x</VAR> is already lower case. +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX189"></A> +<DT><CODE>prefix-meta (<KBD>ESC</KBD>)</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX190"></A> +Metafy the next character typed. This is for keyboards +without a meta key. Typing <SAMP>`<KBD>ESC</KBD> f'</SAMP> is equivalent to typing +<KBD>M-f</KBD>. +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX191"></A> +<DT><CODE>undo (C-_ or C-x C-u)</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX192"></A> +Incremental undo, separately remembered for each line. +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX193"></A> +<DT><CODE>revert-line (M-r)</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX194"></A> +Undo all changes made to this line. This is like executing the <CODE>undo</CODE> +command enough times to get back to the beginning. +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX195"></A> +<DT><CODE>tilde-expand (M-~)</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX196"></A> +Perform tilde expansion on the current word. +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX197"></A> +<DT><CODE>set-mark (C-@)</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX198"></A> +Set the mark to the point. If a +numeric argument is supplied, the mark is set to that position. +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX199"></A> +<DT><CODE>exchange-point-and-mark (C-x C-x)</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX200"></A> +Swap the point with the mark. The current cursor position is set to +the saved position, and the old cursor position is saved as the mark. +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX201"></A> +<DT><CODE>character-search (C-])</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX202"></A> +A character is read and point is moved to the next occurrence of that +character. A negative count searches for previous occurrences. +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX203"></A> +<DT><CODE>character-search-backward (M-C-])</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX204"></A> +A character is read and point is moved to the previous occurrence +of that character. A negative count searches for subsequent +occurrences. +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX205"></A> +<DT><CODE>skip-csi-sequence ()</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX206"></A> +Read enough characters to consume a multi-key sequence such as those +defined for keys like Home and End. Such sequences begin with a +Control Sequence Indicator (CSI), usually ESC-[. If this sequence is +bound to "\e[", keys producing such sequences will have no effect +unless explicitly bound to a readline command, instead of inserting +stray characters into the editing buffer. This is unbound by default, +but usually bound to ESC-[. +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX207"></A> +<DT><CODE>insert-comment (M-#)</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX208"></A> +Without a numeric argument, the value of the <CODE>comment-begin</CODE> +variable is inserted at the beginning of the current line. +If a numeric argument is supplied, this command acts as a toggle: if +the characters at the beginning of the line do not match the value +of <CODE>comment-begin</CODE>, the value is inserted, otherwise +the characters in <CODE>comment-begin</CODE> are deleted from the beginning of +the line. +In either case, the line is accepted as if a newline had been typed. +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX209"></A> +<DT><CODE>dump-functions ()</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX210"></A> +Print all of the functions and their key bindings to the +Readline output stream. If a numeric argument is supplied, +the output is formatted in such a way that it can be made part +of an <VAR>inputrc</VAR> file. This command is unbound by default. +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX211"></A> +<DT><CODE>dump-variables ()</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX212"></A> +Print all of the settable variables and their values to the +Readline output stream. If a numeric argument is supplied, +the output is formatted in such a way that it can be made part +of an <VAR>inputrc</VAR> file. This command is unbound by default. +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX213"></A> +<DT><CODE>dump-macros ()</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX214"></A> +Print all of the Readline key sequences bound to macros and the +strings they output. If a numeric argument is supplied, +the output is formatted in such a way that it can be made part +of an <VAR>inputrc</VAR> file. This command is unbound by default. +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX215"></A> +<DT><CODE>emacs-editing-mode (C-e)</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX216"></A> +When in <CODE>vi</CODE> command mode, this causes a switch to <CODE>emacs</CODE> +editing mode. +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX217"></A> +<DT><CODE>vi-editing-mode (M-C-j)</CODE> +<DD><A NAME="IDX218"></A> +When in <CODE>emacs</CODE> editing mode, this causes a switch to <CODE>vi</CODE> +editing mode. +<P> + +</DL> +<P> + +<A NAME="Readline vi Mode"></A> +<HR SIZE="6"> +<A NAME="SEC22"></A> +<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0> +<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC21"> < </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC23"> > </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[ << ]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC1"> Up </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC23"> >> </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD> +</TR></TABLE> +<H2> 1.5 Readline vi Mode </H2> +<!--docid::SEC22::--> +<P> + +While the Readline library does not have a full set of <CODE>vi</CODE> +editing functions, it does contain enough to allow simple editing +of the line. The Readline <CODE>vi</CODE> mode behaves as specified in +the POSIX standard. +</P><P> + +In order to switch interactively between <CODE>emacs</CODE> and <CODE>vi</CODE> +editing modes, use the command <KBD>M-C-j</KBD> (bound to emacs-editing-mode +when in <CODE>vi</CODE> mode and to vi-editing-mode in <CODE>emacs</CODE> mode). +The Readline default is <CODE>emacs</CODE> mode. +</P><P> + +When you enter a line in <CODE>vi</CODE> mode, you are already placed in +`insertion' mode, as if you had typed an <SAMP>`i'</SAMP>. Pressing <KBD>ESC</KBD> +switches you into `command' mode, where you can edit the text of the +line with the standard <CODE>vi</CODE> movement keys, move to previous +history lines with <SAMP>`k'</SAMP> and subsequent lines with <SAMP>`j'</SAMP>, and +so forth. +</P><P> + +This document describes the GNU Readline Library, a utility for aiding +in the consistency of user interface across discrete programs that need +to provide a command line interface. +</P><P> + +Copyright (C) 1988--2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +</P><P> + +Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of +this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice +pare preserved on all copies. +</P><P> + +Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this +manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire +resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission +notice identical to this one. +</P><P> + +Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual +into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions, +except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved +by the Foundation. +</P><P> + +<A NAME="Programming with GNU Readline"></A> +<HR SIZE="6"> +<A NAME="SEC23"></A> +<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0> +<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC22"> < </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC24"> > </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[ << ]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top"> Up </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC50"> >> </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD> +</TR></TABLE> +<H1> 2. Programming with GNU Readline </H1> +<!--docid::SEC23::--> +<P> + +This chapter describes the interface between the GNU Readline Library and +other programs. If you are a programmer, and you wish to include the +features found in GNU Readline +such as completion, line editing, and interactive history manipulation +in your own programs, this section is for you. +</P><P> + +<BLOCKQUOTE><TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=0> +<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC24">2.1 Basic Behavior</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Using the default behavior of Readline.</TD></TR> +<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC25">2.2 Custom Functions</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Adding your own functions to Readline.</TD></TR> +<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Variables accessible to custom + functions.</TD></TR> +<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC29">2.4 Readline Convenience Functions</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Functions which Readline supplies to + aid in writing your own custom + functions.</TD></TR> +<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">How Readline behaves when it receives signals.</TD></TR> +<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC45">2.6 Custom Completers</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Supplanting or supplementing Readline's + completion functions.</TD></TR> +</TABLE></BLOCKQUOTE> +<P> + +<A NAME="Basic Behavior"></A> +<HR SIZE="6"> +<A NAME="SEC24"></A> +<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0> +<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC23"> < </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC25"> > </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[ << ]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC23"> Up </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC50"> >> </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD> +</TR></TABLE> +<H2> 2.1 Basic Behavior </H2> +<!--docid::SEC24::--> +<P> + +Many programs provide a command line interface, such as <CODE>mail</CODE>, +<CODE>ftp</CODE>, and <CODE>sh</CODE>. For such programs, the default behaviour of +Readline is sufficient. This section describes how to use Readline in +the simplest way possible, perhaps to replace calls in your code to +<CODE>gets()</CODE> or <CODE>fgets()</CODE>. +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX219"></A> +<A NAME="IDX220"></A> +</P><P> + +The function <CODE>readline()</CODE> prints a prompt <VAR>prompt</VAR> +and then reads and returns a single line of text from the user. +If <VAR>prompt</VAR> is <CODE>NULL</CODE> or the empty string, no prompt is displayed. +The line <CODE>readline</CODE> returns is allocated with <CODE>malloc()</CODE>; +the caller should <CODE>free()</CODE> the line when it has finished with it. +The declaration for <CODE>readline</CODE> in ANSI C is +</P><P> + +<TABLE><tr><td> </td><td class=example><pre><CODE>char *readline (const char *<VAR>prompt</VAR>);</CODE> +</pre></td></tr></table></P><P> + +So, one might say +<TABLE><tr><td> </td><td class=example><pre><CODE>char *line = readline ("Enter a line: ");</CODE> +</pre></td></tr></table>in order to read a line of text from the user. +The line returned has the final newline removed, so only the +text remains. +</P><P> + +If <CODE>readline</CODE> encounters an <CODE>EOF</CODE> while reading the line, and the +line is empty at that point, then <CODE>(char *)NULL</CODE> is returned. +Otherwise, the line is ended just as if a newline had been typed. +</P><P> + +Readline performs some expansion on the <VAR>prompt</VAR> before it is +displayed on the screen. See the description of <CODE>rl_expand_prompt</CODE> +(see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A>) for additional details, especially if <VAR>prompt</VAR> +will contain characters that do not consume physical screen space when +displayed. +</P><P> + +If you want the user to be able to get at the line later, (with +<KBD>C-p</KBD> for example), you must call <CODE>add_history()</CODE> to save the +line away in a <EM>history</EM> list of such lines. +</P><P> + +<TABLE><tr><td> </td><td class=example><pre><CODE>add_history (line)</CODE>; +</pre></td></tr></table></P><P> + +For full details on the GNU History Library, see the associated manual. +</P><P> + +It is preferable to avoid saving empty lines on the history list, since +users rarely have a burning need to reuse a blank line. Here is +a function which usefully replaces the standard <CODE>gets()</CODE> library +function, and has the advantage of no static buffer to overflow: +</P><P> + +<TABLE><tr><td> </td><td class=example><pre>/* A static variable for holding the line. */ +static char *line_read = (char *)NULL; + +/* Read a string, and return a pointer to it. + Returns NULL on EOF. */ +char * +rl_gets () +{ + /* If the buffer has already been allocated, + return the memory to the free pool. */ + if (line_read) + { + free (line_read); + line_read = (char *)NULL; + } + + /* Get a line from the user. */ + line_read = readline (""); + + /* If the line has any text in it, + save it on the history. */ + if (line_read && *line_read) + add_history (line_read); + + return (line_read); +} +</pre></td></tr></table></P><P> + +This function gives the user the default behaviour of <KBD>TAB</KBD> +completion: completion on file names. If you do not want Readline to +complete on filenames, you can change the binding of the <KBD>TAB</KBD> key +with <CODE>rl_bind_key()</CODE>. +</P><P> + +<TABLE><tr><td> </td><td class=example><pre><CODE>int rl_bind_key (int <VAR>key</VAR>, rl_command_func_t *<VAR>function</VAR>);</CODE> +</pre></td></tr></table></P><P> + +<CODE>rl_bind_key()</CODE> takes two arguments: <VAR>key</VAR> is the character that +you want to bind, and <VAR>function</VAR> is the address of the function to +call when <VAR>key</VAR> is pressed. Binding <KBD>TAB</KBD> to <CODE>rl_insert()</CODE> +makes <KBD>TAB</KBD> insert itself. +<CODE>rl_bind_key()</CODE> returns non-zero if <VAR>key</VAR> is not a valid +ASCII character code (between 0 and 255). +</P><P> + +Thus, to disable the default <KBD>TAB</KBD> behavior, the following suffices: +<TABLE><tr><td> </td><td class=example><pre><CODE>rl_bind_key ('\t', rl_insert);</CODE> +</pre></td></tr></table></P><P> + +This code should be executed once at the start of your program; you +might write a function called <CODE>initialize_readline()</CODE> which +performs this and other desired initializations, such as installing +custom completers (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC45">2.6 Custom Completers</A>). +</P><P> + +<A NAME="Custom Functions"></A> +<HR SIZE="6"> +<A NAME="SEC25"></A> +<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0> +<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC24"> < </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC26"> > </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC28"> << </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC23"> Up </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC28"> >> </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD> +</TR></TABLE> +<H2> 2.2 Custom Functions </H2> +<!--docid::SEC25::--> +<P> + +Readline provides many functions for manipulating the text of +the line, but it isn't possible to anticipate the needs of all +programs. This section describes the various functions and variables +defined within the Readline library which allow a user program to add +customized functionality to Readline. +</P><P> + +Before declaring any functions that customize Readline's behavior, or +using any functionality Readline provides in other code, an +application writer should include the file <CODE><readline/readline.h></CODE> +in any file that uses Readline's features. Since some of the definitions +in <CODE>readline.h</CODE> use the <CODE>stdio</CODE> library, the file +<CODE><stdio.h></CODE> should be included before <CODE>readline.h</CODE>. +</P><P> + +<CODE>readline.h</CODE> defines a C preprocessor variable that should +be treated as an integer, <CODE>RL_READLINE_VERSION</CODE>, which may +be used to conditionally compile application code depending on +the installed Readline version. The value is a hexadecimal +encoding of the major and minor version numbers of the library, +of the form 0x<VAR>MMmm</VAR>. <VAR>MM</VAR> is the two-digit major +version number; <VAR>mm</VAR> is the two-digit minor version number. +For Readline 4.2, for example, the value of +<CODE>RL_READLINE_VERSION</CODE> would be <CODE>0x0402</CODE>. +</P><P> + +<BLOCKQUOTE><TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=0> +<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC26">2.2.1 Readline Typedefs</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">C declarations to make code readable.</TD></TR> +<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC27">2.2.2 Writing a New Function</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Variables and calling conventions.</TD></TR> +</TABLE></BLOCKQUOTE> +<P> + +<A NAME="Readline Typedefs"></A> +<HR SIZE="6"> +<A NAME="SEC26"></A> +<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0> +<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC25"> < </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC27"> > </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC28"> << </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC25"> Up </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC28"> >> </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD> +</TR></TABLE> +<H3> 2.2.1 Readline Typedefs </H3> +<!--docid::SEC26::--> +<P> + +For readability, we declare a number of new object types, all pointers +to functions. +</P><P> + +The reason for declaring these new types is to make it easier to write +code describing pointers to C functions with appropriately prototyped +arguments and return values. +</P><P> + +For instance, say we want to declare a variable <VAR>func</VAR> as a pointer +to a function which takes two <CODE>int</CODE> arguments and returns an +<CODE>int</CODE> (this is the type of all of the Readline bindable functions). +Instead of the classic C declaration +</P><P> + +<CODE>int (*func)();</CODE> +</P><P> + +or the ANSI-C style declaration +</P><P> + +<CODE>int (*func)(int, int);</CODE> +</P><P> + +we may write +</P><P> + +<CODE>rl_command_func_t *func;</CODE> +</P><P> + +The full list of function pointer types available is +</P><P> + +<DL COMPACT> +<DT><CODE>typedef int rl_command_func_t (int, int);</CODE> +<DD><P> + +<DT><CODE>typedef char *rl_compentry_func_t (const char *, int);</CODE> +<DD><P> + +<DT><CODE>typedef char **rl_completion_func_t (const char *, int, int);</CODE> +<DD><P> + +<DT><CODE>typedef char *rl_quote_func_t (char *, int, char *);</CODE> +<DD><P> + +<DT><CODE>typedef char *rl_dequote_func_t (char *, int);</CODE> +<DD><P> + +<DT><CODE>typedef int rl_compignore_func_t (char **);</CODE> +<DD><P> + +<DT><CODE>typedef void rl_compdisp_func_t (char **, int, int);</CODE> +<DD><P> + +<DT><CODE>typedef int rl_hook_func_t (void);</CODE> +<DD><P> + +<DT><CODE>typedef int rl_getc_func_t (FILE *);</CODE> +<DD><P> + +<DT><CODE>typedef int rl_linebuf_func_t (char *, int);</CODE> +<DD><P> + +<DT><CODE>typedef int rl_intfunc_t (int);</CODE> +<DD><DT><CODE>#define rl_ivoidfunc_t rl_hook_func_t</CODE> +<DD><DT><CODE>typedef int rl_icpfunc_t (char *);</CODE> +<DD><DT><CODE>typedef int rl_icppfunc_t (char **);</CODE> +<DD><P> + +<DT><CODE>typedef void rl_voidfunc_t (void);</CODE> +<DD><DT><CODE>typedef void rl_vintfunc_t (int);</CODE> +<DD><DT><CODE>typedef void rl_vcpfunc_t (char *);</CODE> +<DD><DT><CODE>typedef void rl_vcppfunc_t (char **);</CODE> +<DD><P> + +</DL> +<P> + +<A NAME="Function Writing"></A> +<HR SIZE="6"> +<A NAME="SEC27"></A> +<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0> +<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC26"> < </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC28"> > </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC28"> << </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC25"> Up </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC28"> >> </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD> +</TR></TABLE> +<H3> 2.2.2 Writing a New Function </H3> +<!--docid::SEC27::--> +<P> + +In order to write new functions for Readline, you need to know the +calling conventions for keyboard-invoked functions, and the names of the +variables that describe the current state of the line read so far. +</P><P> + +The calling sequence for a command <CODE>foo</CODE> looks like +</P><P> + +<TABLE><tr><td> </td><td class=example><pre><CODE>int foo (int count, int key)</CODE> +</pre></td></tr></table></P><P> + +where <VAR>count</VAR> is the numeric argument (or 1 if defaulted) and +<VAR>key</VAR> is the key that invoked this function. +</P><P> + +It is completely up to the function as to what should be done with the +numeric argument. Some functions use it as a repeat count, some +as a flag, and others to choose alternate behavior (refreshing the current +line as opposed to refreshing the screen, for example). Some choose to +ignore it. In general, if a +function uses the numeric argument as a repeat count, it should be able +to do something useful with both negative and positive arguments. +At the very least, it should be aware that it can be passed a +negative argument. +</P><P> + +A command function should return 0 if its action completes successfully, +and a value greater than zero if some error occurs. +This is the convention obeyed by all of the builtin Readline bindable +command functions. +</P><P> + +<A NAME="Readline Variables"></A> +<HR SIZE="6"> +<A NAME="SEC28"></A> +<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0> +<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC27"> < </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> > </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> << </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC23"> Up </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC50"> >> </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD> +</TR></TABLE> +<H2> 2.3 Readline Variables </H2> +<!--docid::SEC28::--> +<P> + +These variables are available to function writers. +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX221"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Variable:</U> char * <B>rl_line_buffer</B> +<DD>This is the line gathered so far. You are welcome to modify the +contents of the line, but see <A HREF="readline.html#SEC34">2.4.5 Allowing Undoing</A>. The +function <CODE>rl_extend_line_buffer</CODE> is available to increase +the memory allocated to <CODE>rl_line_buffer</CODE>. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX222"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_point</B> +<DD>The offset of the current cursor position in <CODE>rl_line_buffer</CODE> +(the <EM>point</EM>). +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX223"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_end</B> +<DD>The number of characters present in <CODE>rl_line_buffer</CODE>. When +<CODE>rl_point</CODE> is at the end of the line, <CODE>rl_point</CODE> and +<CODE>rl_end</CODE> are equal. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX224"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_mark</B> +<DD>The <VAR>mark</VAR> (saved position) in the current line. If set, the mark +and point define a <EM>region</EM>. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX225"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_done</B> +<DD>Setting this to a non-zero value causes Readline to return the current +line immediately. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX226"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_num_chars_to_read</B> +<DD>Setting this to a positive value before calling <CODE>readline()</CODE> causes +Readline to return after accepting that many characters, rather +than reading up to a character bound to <CODE>accept-line</CODE>. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX227"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_pending_input</B> +<DD>Setting this to a value makes it the next keystroke read. This is a +way to stuff a single character into the input stream. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX228"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_dispatching</B> +<DD>Set to a non-zero value if a function is being called from a key binding; +zero otherwise. Application functions can test this to discover whether +they were called directly or by Readline's dispatching mechanism. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX229"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_erase_empty_line</B> +<DD>Setting this to a non-zero value causes Readline to completely erase +the current line, including any prompt, any time a newline is typed as +the only character on an otherwise-empty line. The cursor is moved to +the beginning of the newly-blank line. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX230"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Variable:</U> char * <B>rl_prompt</B> +<DD>The prompt Readline uses. This is set from the argument to +<CODE>readline()</CODE>, and should not be assigned to directly. +The <CODE>rl_set_prompt()</CODE> function (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A>) may +be used to modify the prompt string after calling <CODE>readline()</CODE>. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX231"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Variable:</U> char * <B>rl_display_prompt</B> +<DD>The string displayed as the prompt. This is usually identical to +<VAR>rl_prompt</VAR>, but may be changed temporarily by functions that +use the prompt string as a message area, such as incremental search. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX232"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_already_prompted</B> +<DD>If an application wishes to display the prompt itself, rather than have +Readline do it the first time <CODE>readline()</CODE> is called, it should set +this variable to a non-zero value after displaying the prompt. +The prompt must also be passed as the argument to <CODE>readline()</CODE> so +the redisplay functions can update the display properly. +The calling application is responsible for managing the value; Readline +never sets it. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX233"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Variable:</U> const char * <B>rl_library_version</B> +<DD>The version number of this revision of the library. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX234"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_readline_version</B> +<DD>An integer encoding the current version of the library. The encoding is +of the form 0x<VAR>MMmm</VAR>, where <VAR>MM</VAR> is the two-digit major version +number, and <VAR>mm</VAR> is the two-digit minor version number. +For example, for Readline-4.2, <CODE>rl_readline_version</CODE> would have the +value 0x0402. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX235"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_gnu_readline_p</B> +<DD>Always set to 1, denoting that this is GNU readline rather than some +emulation. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX236"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Variable:</U> const char * <B>rl_terminal_name</B> +<DD>The terminal type, used for initialization. If not set by the application, +Readline sets this to the value of the <CODE>TERM</CODE> environment variable +the first time it is called. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX237"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Variable:</U> const char * <B>rl_readline_name</B> +<DD>This variable is set to a unique name by each application using Readline. +The value allows conditional parsing of the inputrc file +(see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC11">1.3.2 Conditional Init Constructs</A>). +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX238"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Variable:</U> FILE * <B>rl_instream</B> +<DD>The stdio stream from which Readline reads input. +If <CODE>NULL</CODE>, Readline defaults to <VAR>stdin</VAR>. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX239"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Variable:</U> FILE * <B>rl_outstream</B> +<DD>The stdio stream to which Readline performs output. +If <CODE>NULL</CODE>, Readline defaults to <VAR>stdout</VAR>. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX240"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_prefer_env_winsize</B> +<DD>If non-zero, Readline gives values found in the <CODE>LINES</CODE> and +<CODE>COLUMNS</CODE> environment variables greater precedence than values fetched +from the kernel when computing the screen dimensions. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX241"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_command_func_t * <B>rl_last_func</B> +<DD>The address of the last command function Readline executed. May be used to +test whether or not a function is being executed twice in succession, for +example. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX242"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_hook_func_t * <B>rl_startup_hook</B> +<DD>If non-zero, this is the address of a function to call just +before <CODE>readline</CODE> prints the first prompt. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX243"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_hook_func_t * <B>rl_pre_input_hook</B> +<DD>If non-zero, this is the address of a function to call after +the first prompt has been printed and just before <CODE>readline</CODE> +starts reading input characters. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX244"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_hook_func_t * <B>rl_event_hook</B> +<DD>If non-zero, this is the address of a function to call periodically +when Readline is waiting for terminal input. +By default, this will be called at most ten times a second if there +is no keyboard input. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX245"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_getc_func_t * <B>rl_getc_function</B> +<DD>If non-zero, Readline will call indirectly through this pointer +to get a character from the input stream. By default, it is set to +<CODE>rl_getc</CODE>, the default Readline character input function +(see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC37">2.4.8 Character Input</A>). +In general, an application that sets <VAR>rl_getc_function</VAR> should consider +setting <VAR>rl_input_available_hook</VAR> as well. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX246"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_hook_func_t * <B>rl_signal_event_hook</B> +<DD>If non-zero, this is the address of a function to call if a read system +call is interrupted when Readline is reading terminal input. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX247"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_hook_func_t * <B>rl_input_available_hook</B> +<DD>If non-zero, Readline will use this function's return value when it needs +to determine whether or not there is available input on the current input +source. +The default hook checks <CODE>rl_instream</CODE>; if an application is using a +different input source, it should set the hook appropriately. +Readline queries for available input when implementing intra-key-sequence +timeouts during input and incremental searches. +This may use an application-specific timeout before returning a value; +Readline uses the value passed to <CODE>rl_set_keyboard_input_timeout()</CODE> +or the value of the user-settable <VAR>keyseq-timeout</VAR> variable. +This is designed for use by applications using Readline's callback interface +(see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC41">2.4.12 Alternate Interface</A>), which may not use the traditional +<CODE>read(2)</CODE> and file descriptor interface, or other applications using +a different input mechanism. +If an application uses an input mechanism or hook that can potentially exceed +the value of <VAR>keyseq-timeout</VAR>, it should increase the timeout or set +this hook appropriately even when not using the callback interface. +In general, an application that sets <VAR>rl_getc_function</VAR> should consider +setting <VAR>rl_input_available_hook</VAR> as well. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX248"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_voidfunc_t * <B>rl_redisplay_function</B> +<DD>If non-zero, Readline will call indirectly through this pointer +to update the display with the current contents of the editing buffer. +By default, it is set to <CODE>rl_redisplay</CODE>, the default Readline +redisplay function (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A>). +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX249"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_vintfunc_t * <B>rl_prep_term_function</B> +<DD>If non-zero, Readline will call indirectly through this pointer +to initialize the terminal. The function takes a single argument, an +<CODE>int</CODE> flag that says whether or not to use eight-bit characters. +By default, this is set to <CODE>rl_prep_terminal</CODE> +(see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC38">2.4.9 Terminal Management</A>). +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX250"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_voidfunc_t * <B>rl_deprep_term_function</B> +<DD>If non-zero, Readline will call indirectly through this pointer +to reset the terminal. This function should undo the effects of +<CODE>rl_prep_term_function</CODE>. +By default, this is set to <CODE>rl_deprep_terminal</CODE> +(see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC38">2.4.9 Terminal Management</A>). +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX251"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Variable:</U> Keymap <B>rl_executing_keymap</B> +<DD>This variable is set to the keymap (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC31">2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap</A>) in which the +currently executing readline function was found. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX252"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Variable:</U> Keymap <B>rl_binding_keymap</B> +<DD>This variable is set to the keymap (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC31">2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap</A>) in which the +last key binding occurred. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX253"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Variable:</U> char * <B>rl_executing_macro</B> +<DD>This variable is set to the text of any currently-executing macro. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX254"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_executing_key</B> +<DD>The key that caused the dispatch to the currently-executing Readline function. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX255"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Variable:</U> char * <B>rl_executing_keyseq</B> +<DD>The full key sequence that caused the dispatch to the currently-executing +Readline function. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX256"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_key_sequence_length</B> +<DD>The number of characters in <VAR>rl_executing_keyseq</VAR>. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX257"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_readline_state</B> +<DD>A variable with bit values that encapsulate the current Readline state. +A bit is set with the <CODE>RL_SETSTATE</CODE> macro, and unset with the +<CODE>RL_UNSETSTATE</CODE> macro. Use the <CODE>RL_ISSTATE</CODE> macro to test +whether a particular state bit is set. Current state bits include: +</P><P> + +<DL COMPACT> +<DT><CODE>RL_STATE_NONE</CODE> +<DD>Readline has not yet been called, nor has it begun to initialize. +<DT><CODE>RL_STATE_INITIALIZING</CODE> +<DD>Readline is initializing its internal data structures. +<DT><CODE>RL_STATE_INITIALIZED</CODE> +<DD>Readline has completed its initialization. +<DT><CODE>RL_STATE_TERMPREPPED</CODE> +<DD>Readline has modified the terminal modes to do its own input and redisplay. +<DT><CODE>RL_STATE_READCMD</CODE> +<DD>Readline is reading a command from the keyboard. +<DT><CODE>RL_STATE_METANEXT</CODE> +<DD>Readline is reading more input after reading the meta-prefix character. +<DT><CODE>RL_STATE_DISPATCHING</CODE> +<DD>Readline is dispatching to a command. +<DT><CODE>RL_STATE_MOREINPUT</CODE> +<DD>Readline is reading more input while executing an editing command. +<DT><CODE>RL_STATE_ISEARCH</CODE> +<DD>Readline is performing an incremental history search. +<DT><CODE>RL_STATE_NSEARCH</CODE> +<DD>Readline is performing a non-incremental history search. +<DT><CODE>RL_STATE_SEARCH</CODE> +<DD>Readline is searching backward or forward through the history for a string. +<DT><CODE>RL_STATE_NUMERICARG</CODE> +<DD>Readline is reading a numeric argument. +<DT><CODE>RL_STATE_MACROINPUT</CODE> +<DD>Readline is currently getting its input from a previously-defined keyboard +macro. +<DT><CODE>RL_STATE_MACRODEF</CODE> +<DD>Readline is currently reading characters defining a keyboard macro. +<DT><CODE>RL_STATE_OVERWRITE</CODE> +<DD>Readline is in overwrite mode. +<DT><CODE>RL_STATE_COMPLETING</CODE> +<DD>Readline is performing word completion. +<DT><CODE>RL_STATE_SIGHANDLER</CODE> +<DD>Readline is currently executing the readline signal handler. +<DT><CODE>RL_STATE_UNDOING</CODE> +<DD>Readline is performing an undo. +<DT><CODE>RL_STATE_INPUTPENDING</CODE> +<DD>Readline has input pending due to a call to <CODE>rl_execute_next()</CODE>. +<DT><CODE>RL_STATE_TTYCSAVED</CODE> +<DD>Readline has saved the values of the terminal's special characters. +<DT><CODE>RL_STATE_CALLBACK</CODE> +<DD>Readline is currently using the alternate (callback) interface +(see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC41">2.4.12 Alternate Interface</A>). +<DT><CODE>RL_STATE_VIMOTION</CODE> +<DD>Readline is reading the argument to a vi-mode "motion" command. +<DT><CODE>RL_STATE_MULTIKEY</CODE> +<DD>Readline is reading a multiple-keystroke command. +<DT><CODE>RL_STATE_VICMDONCE</CODE> +<DD>Readline has entered vi command (movement) mode at least one time during +the current call to <CODE>readline()</CODE>. +<DT><CODE>RL_STATE_DONE</CODE> +<DD>Readline has read a key sequence bound to <CODE>accept-line</CODE> +and is about to return the line to the caller. +</DL> +<P> + +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX258"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_explicit_arg</B> +<DD>Set to a non-zero value if an explicit numeric argument was specified by +the user. Only valid in a bindable command function. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX259"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_numeric_arg</B> +<DD>Set to the value of any numeric argument explicitly specified by the user +before executing the current Readline function. Only valid in a bindable +command function. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX260"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_editing_mode</B> +<DD>Set to a value denoting Readline's current editing mode. A value of +<VAR>1</VAR> means Readline is currently in emacs mode; <VAR>0</VAR> +means that vi mode is active. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="Readline Convenience Functions"></A> +<HR SIZE="6"> +<A NAME="SEC29"></A> +<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0> +<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC28"> < </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC30"> > </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> << </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC23"> Up </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> >> </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD> +</TR></TABLE> +<H2> 2.4 Readline Convenience Functions </H2> +<!--docid::SEC29::--> +<P> + +<BLOCKQUOTE><TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=0> +<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC30">2.4.1 Naming a Function</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">How to give a function you write a name.</TD></TR> +<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC31">2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Making keymaps.</TD></TR> +<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Changing Keymaps.</TD></TR> +<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC33">2.4.4 Associating Function Names and Bindings</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Translate function names to + key sequences.</TD></TR> +<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC34">2.4.5 Allowing Undoing</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">How to make your functions undoable.</TD></TR> +<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Functions to control line display.</TD></TR> +<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC36">2.4.7 Modifying Text</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Functions to modify <CODE>rl_line_buffer</CODE>.</TD></TR> +<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC37">2.4.8 Character Input</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Functions to read keyboard input.</TD></TR> +<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC38">2.4.9 Terminal Management</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Functions to manage terminal settings.</TD></TR> +<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Generally useful functions and hooks.</TD></TR> +<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC40">2.4.11 Miscellaneous Functions</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Functions that don't fall into any category.</TD></TR> +<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC41">2.4.12 Alternate Interface</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Using Readline in a `callback' fashion.</TD></TR> +<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC42">2.4.13 A Readline Example</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">An example Readline function.</TD></TR> +<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC43">2.4.14 Alternate Interface Example</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">An example program using the alternate interface.</TD></TR> +</TABLE></BLOCKQUOTE> +<P> + +<A NAME="Function Naming"></A> +<HR SIZE="6"> +<A NAME="SEC30"></A> +<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0> +<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> < </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC31"> > </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> << </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> Up </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> >> </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD> +</TR></TABLE> +<H3> 2.4.1 Naming a Function </H3> +<!--docid::SEC30::--> +<P> + +The user can dynamically change the bindings of keys while using +Readline. This is done by representing the function with a descriptive +name. The user is able to type the descriptive name when referring to +the function. Thus, in an init file, one might find +</P><P> + +<TABLE><tr><td> </td><td class=example><pre>Meta-Rubout: backward-kill-word +</pre></td></tr></table></P><P> + +This binds the keystroke <KBD>Meta-Rubout</KBD> to the function +<EM>descriptively</EM> named <CODE>backward-kill-word</CODE>. You, as the +programmer, should bind the functions you write to descriptive names as +well. Readline provides a function for doing that: +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX261"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_add_defun</B> <I>(const char *name, rl_command_func_t *function, int key)</I> +<DD>Add <VAR>name</VAR> to the list of named functions. Make <VAR>function</VAR> be +the function that gets called. If <VAR>key</VAR> is not -1, then bind it to +<VAR>function</VAR> using <CODE>rl_bind_key()</CODE>. +</DL> +</P><P> + +Using this function alone is sufficient for most applications. +It is the recommended way to add a few functions to the default +functions that Readline has built in. +If you need to do something other than adding a function to Readline, +you may need to use the underlying functions described below. +</P><P> + +<A NAME="Keymaps"></A> +<HR SIZE="6"> +<A NAME="SEC31"></A> +<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0> +<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC30"> < </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC32"> > </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC32"> << </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> Up </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> >> </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD> +</TR></TABLE> +<H3> 2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap </H3> +<!--docid::SEC31::--> +<P> + +Key bindings take place on a <EM>keymap</EM>. The keymap is the +association between the keys that the user types and the functions that +get run. You can make your own keymaps, copy existing keymaps, and tell +Readline which keymap to use. +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX262"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> Keymap <B>rl_make_bare_keymap</B> <I>(void)</I> +<DD>Returns a new, empty keymap. The space for the keymap is allocated with +<CODE>malloc()</CODE>; the caller should free it by calling +<CODE>rl_free_keymap()</CODE> when done. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX263"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> Keymap <B>rl_copy_keymap</B> <I>(Keymap map)</I> +<DD>Return a new keymap which is a copy of <VAR>map</VAR>. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX264"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> Keymap <B>rl_make_keymap</B> <I>(void)</I> +<DD>Return a new keymap with the printing characters bound to rl_insert, +the lowercase Meta characters bound to run their equivalents, and +the Meta digits bound to produce numeric arguments. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX265"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_discard_keymap</B> <I>(Keymap keymap)</I> +<DD>Free the storage associated with the data in <VAR>keymap</VAR>. +The caller should free <VAR>keymap</VAR>. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX266"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_free_keymap</B> <I>(Keymap keymap)</I> +<DD>Free all storage associated with <VAR>keymap</VAR>. This calls +<CODE>rl_discard_keymap</CODE> to free subordindate keymaps and macros. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX267"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_empty_keymap</B> <I>(Keymap keymap)</I> +<DD>Return non-zero if there are no keys bound to functions in <VAR>keymap</VAR>; +zero if there are any keys bound. +</DL> +</P><P> + +Readline has several internal keymaps. These functions allow you to +change which keymap is active. +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX268"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> Keymap <B>rl_get_keymap</B> <I>(void)</I> +<DD>Returns the currently active keymap. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX269"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_set_keymap</B> <I>(Keymap keymap)</I> +<DD>Makes <VAR>keymap</VAR> the currently active keymap. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX270"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> Keymap <B>rl_get_keymap_by_name</B> <I>(const char *name)</I> +<DD>Return the keymap matching <VAR>name</VAR>. <VAR>name</VAR> is one which would +be supplied in a <CODE>set keymap</CODE> inputrc line (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC9">1.3 Readline Init File</A>). +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX271"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> char * <B>rl_get_keymap_name</B> <I>(Keymap keymap)</I> +<DD>Return the name matching <VAR>keymap</VAR>. <VAR>name</VAR> is one which would +be supplied in a <CODE>set keymap</CODE> inputrc line (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC9">1.3 Readline Init File</A>). +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX272"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_set_keymap_name</B> <I>(const char *name, Keymap keymap)</I> +<DD>Set the name of <VAR>keymap</VAR>. This name will then be "registered" and +available for use in a <CODE>set keymap</CODE> inputrc directive +see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC9">1.3 Readline Init File</A>). +The <VAR>name</VAR> may not be one of Readline's builtin keymap names; +you may not add a different name for one of Readline's builtin keymaps. +You may replace the name associated with a given keymap by calling this +function more than once with the same <VAR>keymap</VAR> argument. +You may associate a registered <VAR>name</VAR> with a new keymap by calling this +function more than once with the same <VAR>name</VAR> argument. +There is no way to remove a named keymap once the name has been +registered. +Readline will make a copy of <VAR>name</VAR>. +The return value is greater than zero unless <VAR>name</VAR> is one of +Readline's builtin keymap names or <VAR>keymap</VAR> is one of Readline's +builtin keymaps. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="Binding Keys"></A> +<HR SIZE="6"> +<A NAME="SEC32"></A> +<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0> +<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC31"> < </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC33"> > </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC33"> << </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> Up </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> >> </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD> +</TR></TABLE> +<H3> 2.4.3 Binding Keys </H3> +<!--docid::SEC32::--> +<P> + +Key sequences are associate with functions through the keymap. +Readline has several internal keymaps: <CODE>emacs_standard_keymap</CODE>, +<CODE>emacs_meta_keymap</CODE>, <CODE>emacs_ctlx_keymap</CODE>, +<CODE>vi_movement_keymap</CODE>, and <CODE>vi_insertion_keymap</CODE>. +<CODE>emacs_standard_keymap</CODE> is the default, and the examples in +this manual assume that. +</P><P> + +Since <CODE>readline()</CODE> installs a set of default key bindings the first +time it is called, there is always the danger that a custom binding +installed before the first call to <CODE>readline()</CODE> will be overridden. +An alternate mechanism is to install custom key bindings in an +initialization function assigned to the <CODE>rl_startup_hook</CODE> variable +(see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A>). +</P><P> + +These functions manage key bindings. +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX273"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_bind_key</B> <I>(int key, rl_command_func_t *function)</I> +<DD>Binds <VAR>key</VAR> to <VAR>function</VAR> in the currently active keymap. +Returns non-zero in the case of an invalid <VAR>key</VAR>. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX274"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_bind_key_in_map</B> <I>(int key, rl_command_func_t *function, Keymap map)</I> +<DD>Bind <VAR>key</VAR> to <VAR>function</VAR> in <VAR>map</VAR>. +Returns non-zero in the case of an invalid <VAR>key</VAR>. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX275"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_bind_key_if_unbound</B> <I>(int key, rl_command_func_t *function)</I> +<DD>Binds <VAR>key</VAR> to <VAR>function</VAR> if it is not already bound in the +currently active keymap. +Returns non-zero in the case of an invalid <VAR>key</VAR> or if <VAR>key</VAR> is +already bound. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX276"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_bind_key_if_unbound_in_map</B> <I>(int key, rl_command_func_t *function, Keymap map)</I> +<DD>Binds <VAR>key</VAR> to <VAR>function</VAR> if it is not already bound in <VAR>map</VAR>. +Returns non-zero in the case of an invalid <VAR>key</VAR> or if <VAR>key</VAR> is +already bound. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX277"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_unbind_key</B> <I>(int key)</I> +<DD>Bind <VAR>key</VAR> to the null function in the currently active keymap. +Returns non-zero in case of error. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX278"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_unbind_key_in_map</B> <I>(int key, Keymap map)</I> +<DD>Bind <VAR>key</VAR> to the null function in <VAR>map</VAR>. +Returns non-zero in case of error. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX279"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_unbind_function_in_map</B> <I>(rl_command_func_t *function, Keymap map)</I> +<DD>Unbind all keys that execute <VAR>function</VAR> in <VAR>map</VAR>. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX280"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_unbind_command_in_map</B> <I>(const char *command, Keymap map)</I> +<DD>Unbind all keys that are bound to <VAR>command</VAR> in <VAR>map</VAR>. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX281"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_bind_keyseq</B> <I>(const char *keyseq, rl_command_func_t *function)</I> +<DD>Bind the key sequence represented by the string <VAR>keyseq</VAR> to the function +<VAR>function</VAR>, beginning in the current keymap. +This makes new keymaps as necessary. +The return value is non-zero if <VAR>keyseq</VAR> is invalid. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX282"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_bind_keyseq_in_map</B> <I>(const char *keyseq, rl_command_func_t *function, Keymap map)</I> +<DD>Bind the key sequence represented by the string <VAR>keyseq</VAR> to the function +<VAR>function</VAR>. This makes new keymaps as necessary. +Initial bindings are performed in <VAR>map</VAR>. +The return value is non-zero if <VAR>keyseq</VAR> is invalid. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX283"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_set_key</B> <I>(const char *keyseq, rl_command_func_t *function, Keymap map)</I> +<DD>Equivalent to <CODE>rl_bind_keyseq_in_map</CODE>. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX284"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound</B> <I>(const char *keyseq, rl_command_func_t *function)</I> +<DD>Binds <VAR>keyseq</VAR> to <VAR>function</VAR> if it is not already bound in the +currently active keymap. +Returns non-zero in the case of an invalid <VAR>keyseq</VAR> or if <VAR>keyseq</VAR> is +already bound. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX285"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound_in_map</B> <I>(const char *keyseq, rl_command_func_t *function, Keymap map)</I> +<DD>Binds <VAR>keyseq</VAR> to <VAR>function</VAR> if it is not already bound in <VAR>map</VAR>. +Returns non-zero in the case of an invalid <VAR>keyseq</VAR> or if <VAR>keyseq</VAR> is +already bound. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX286"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_generic_bind</B> <I>(int type, const char *keyseq, char *data, Keymap map)</I> +<DD>Bind the key sequence represented by the string <VAR>keyseq</VAR> to the arbitrary +pointer <VAR>data</VAR>. <VAR>type</VAR> says what kind of data is pointed to by +<VAR>data</VAR>; this can be a function (<CODE>ISFUNC</CODE>), a macro +(<CODE>ISMACR</CODE>), or a keymap (<CODE>ISKMAP</CODE>). This makes new keymaps as +necessary. The initial keymap in which to do bindings is <VAR>map</VAR>. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX287"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_parse_and_bind</B> <I>(char *line)</I> +<DD>Parse <VAR>line</VAR> as if it had been read from the <CODE>inputrc</CODE> file and +perform any key bindings and variable assignments found +(see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC9">1.3 Readline Init File</A>). +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX288"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_read_init_file</B> <I>(const char *filename)</I> +<DD>Read keybindings and variable assignments from <VAR>filename</VAR> +(see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC9">1.3 Readline Init File</A>). +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="Associating Function Names and Bindings"></A> +<HR SIZE="6"> +<A NAME="SEC33"></A> +<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0> +<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC32"> < </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC34"> > </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC34"> << </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> Up </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> >> </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD> +</TR></TABLE> +<H3> 2.4.4 Associating Function Names and Bindings </H3> +<!--docid::SEC33::--> +<P> + +These functions allow you to find out what keys invoke named functions +and the functions invoked by a particular key sequence. You may also +associate a new function name with an arbitrary function. +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX289"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> rl_command_func_t * <B>rl_named_function</B> <I>(const char *name)</I> +<DD>Return the function with name <VAR>name</VAR>. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX290"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> rl_command_func_t * <B>rl_function_of_keyseq</B> <I>(const char *keyseq, Keymap map, int *type)</I> +<DD>Return the function invoked by <VAR>keyseq</VAR> in keymap <VAR>map</VAR>. +If <VAR>map</VAR> is <CODE>NULL</CODE>, the current keymap is used. If <VAR>type</VAR> is +not <CODE>NULL</CODE>, the type of the object is returned in the <CODE>int</CODE> variable +it points to (one of <CODE>ISFUNC</CODE>, <CODE>ISKMAP</CODE>, or <CODE>ISMACR</CODE>). +It takes a "translated" key sequence and should not be used if the key sequence +can include NUL. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX291"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> rl_command_func_t * <B>rl_function_of_keyseq_len</B> <I>(const char *keyseq, size_t len, Keymap map, int *type)</I> +<DD>Return the function invoked by <VAR>keyseq</VAR> of length <VAR>len</VAR> +in keymap <VAR>map</VAR>. Equivalent to <CODE>rl_function_of_keyseq</CODE> with the +addition of the <VAR>len</VAR> parameter. +It takes a "translated" key sequence and should be used if the key sequence +can include NUL. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX292"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> char ** <B>rl_invoking_keyseqs</B> <I>(rl_command_func_t *function)</I> +<DD>Return an array of strings representing the key sequences used to +invoke <VAR>function</VAR> in the current keymap. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX293"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> char ** <B>rl_invoking_keyseqs_in_map</B> <I>(rl_command_func_t *function, Keymap map)</I> +<DD>Return an array of strings representing the key sequences used to +invoke <VAR>function</VAR> in the keymap <VAR>map</VAR>. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX294"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_function_dumper</B> <I>(int readable)</I> +<DD>Print the readline function names and the key sequences currently +bound to them to <CODE>rl_outstream</CODE>. If <VAR>readable</VAR> is non-zero, +the list is formatted in such a way that it can be made part of an +<CODE>inputrc</CODE> file and re-read. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX295"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_list_funmap_names</B> <I>(void)</I> +<DD>Print the names of all bindable Readline functions to <CODE>rl_outstream</CODE>. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX296"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> const char ** <B>rl_funmap_names</B> <I>(void)</I> +<DD>Return a NULL terminated array of known function names. The array is +sorted. The array itself is allocated, but not the strings inside. You +should free the array, but not the pointers, using <CODE>free</CODE> or +<CODE>rl_free</CODE> when you are done. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX297"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_add_funmap_entry</B> <I>(const char *name, rl_command_func_t *function)</I> +<DD>Add <VAR>name</VAR> to the list of bindable Readline command names, and make +<VAR>function</VAR> the function to be called when <VAR>name</VAR> is invoked. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="Allowing Undoing"></A> +<HR SIZE="6"> +<A NAME="SEC34"></A> +<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0> +<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC33"> < </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC35"> > </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC35"> << </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> Up </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> >> </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD> +</TR></TABLE> +<H3> 2.4.5 Allowing Undoing </H3> +<!--docid::SEC34::--> +<P> + +Supporting the undo command is a painless thing, and makes your +functions much more useful. It is certainly easy to try +something if you know you can undo it. +</P><P> + +If your function simply inserts text once, or deletes text once, and +uses <CODE>rl_insert_text()</CODE> or <CODE>rl_delete_text()</CODE> to do it, then +undoing is already done for you automatically. +</P><P> + +If you do multiple insertions or multiple deletions, or any combination +of these operations, you should group them together into one operation. +This is done with <CODE>rl_begin_undo_group()</CODE> and +<CODE>rl_end_undo_group()</CODE>. +</P><P> + +The types of events that can be undone are: +</P><P> + +<TABLE><tr><td> </td><td class=smallexample><FONT SIZE=-1><pre>enum undo_code { UNDO_DELETE, UNDO_INSERT, UNDO_BEGIN, UNDO_END }; +</FONT></pre></td></tr></table></P><P> + +Notice that <CODE>UNDO_DELETE</CODE> means to insert some text, and +<CODE>UNDO_INSERT</CODE> means to delete some text. That is, the undo code +tells what to undo, not how to undo it. <CODE>UNDO_BEGIN</CODE> and +<CODE>UNDO_END</CODE> are tags added by <CODE>rl_begin_undo_group()</CODE> and +<CODE>rl_end_undo_group()</CODE>. +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX298"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_begin_undo_group</B> <I>(void)</I> +<DD>Begins saving undo information in a group construct. The undo +information usually comes from calls to <CODE>rl_insert_text()</CODE> and +<CODE>rl_delete_text()</CODE>, but could be the result of calls to +<CODE>rl_add_undo()</CODE>. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX299"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_end_undo_group</B> <I>(void)</I> +<DD>Closes the current undo group started with <CODE>rl_begin_undo_group +()</CODE>. There should be one call to <CODE>rl_end_undo_group()</CODE> +for each call to <CODE>rl_begin_undo_group()</CODE>. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX300"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_add_undo</B> <I>(enum undo_code what, int start, int end, char *text)</I> +<DD>Remember how to undo an event (according to <VAR>what</VAR>). The affected +text runs from <VAR>start</VAR> to <VAR>end</VAR>, and encompasses <VAR>text</VAR>. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX301"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_free_undo_list</B> <I>(void)</I> +<DD>Free the existing undo list. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX302"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_do_undo</B> <I>(void)</I> +<DD>Undo the first thing on the undo list. Returns <CODE>0</CODE> if there was +nothing to undo, non-zero if something was undone. +</DL> +</P><P> + +Finally, if you neither insert nor delete text, but directly modify the +existing text (e.g., change its case), call <CODE>rl_modifying()</CODE> +once, just before you modify the text. You must supply the indices of +the text range that you are going to modify. +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX303"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_modifying</B> <I>(int start, int end)</I> +<DD>Tell Readline to save the text between <VAR>start</VAR> and <VAR>end</VAR> as a +single undo unit. It is assumed that you will subsequently modify +that text. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="Redisplay"></A> +<HR SIZE="6"> +<A NAME="SEC35"></A> +<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0> +<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC34"> < </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC36"> > </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC36"> << </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> Up </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> >> </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD> +</TR></TABLE> +<H3> 2.4.6 Redisplay </H3> +<!--docid::SEC35::--> +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX304"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_redisplay</B> <I>(void)</I> +<DD>Change what's displayed on the screen to reflect the current contents +of <CODE>rl_line_buffer</CODE>. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX305"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_forced_update_display</B> <I>(void)</I> +<DD>Force the line to be updated and redisplayed, whether or not +Readline thinks the screen display is correct. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX306"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_on_new_line</B> <I>(void)</I> +<DD>Tell the update functions that we have moved onto a new (empty) line, +usually after outputting a newline. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX307"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_on_new_line_with_prompt</B> <I>(void)</I> +<DD>Tell the update functions that we have moved onto a new line, with +<VAR>rl_prompt</VAR> already displayed. +This could be used by applications that want to output the prompt string +themselves, but still need Readline to know the prompt string length for +redisplay. +It should be used after setting <VAR>rl_already_prompted</VAR>. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX308"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_clear_visible_line</B> <I>(void)</I> +<DD>Clear the screen lines corresponding to the current line's contents. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX309"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_reset_line_state</B> <I>(void)</I> +<DD>Reset the display state to a clean state and redisplay the current line +starting on a new line. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX310"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_crlf</B> <I>(void)</I> +<DD>Move the cursor to the start of the next screen line. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX311"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_show_char</B> <I>(int c)</I> +<DD>Display character <VAR>c</VAR> on <CODE>rl_outstream</CODE>. +If Readline has not been set to display meta characters directly, this +will convert meta characters to a meta-prefixed key sequence. +This is intended for use by applications which wish to do their own +redisplay. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX312"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_message</B> <I>(const char *, <small>...</small>)</I> +<DD>The arguments are a format string as would be supplied to <CODE>printf</CODE>, +possibly containing conversion specifications such as <SAMP>`%d'</SAMP>, and +any additional arguments necessary to satisfy the conversion specifications. +The resulting string is displayed in the <EM>echo area</EM>. The echo area +is also used to display numeric arguments and search strings. +You should call <CODE>rl_save_prompt</CODE> to save the prompt information +before calling this function. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX313"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_clear_message</B> <I>(void)</I> +<DD>Clear the message in the echo area. If the prompt was saved with a call to +<CODE>rl_save_prompt</CODE> before the last call to <CODE>rl_message</CODE>, +call <CODE>rl_restore_prompt</CODE> before calling this function. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX314"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_save_prompt</B> <I>(void)</I> +<DD>Save the local Readline prompt display state in preparation for +displaying a new message in the message area with <CODE>rl_message()</CODE>. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX315"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_restore_prompt</B> <I>(void)</I> +<DD>Restore the local Readline prompt display state saved by the most +recent call to <CODE>rl_save_prompt</CODE>. +if <CODE>rl_save_prompt</CODE> was called to save the prompt before a call +to <CODE>rl_message</CODE>, this function should be called before the +corresponding call to <CODE>rl_clear_message</CODE>. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX316"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_expand_prompt</B> <I>(char *prompt)</I> +<DD>Expand any special character sequences in <VAR>prompt</VAR> and set up the +local Readline prompt redisplay variables. +This function is called by <CODE>readline()</CODE>. It may also be called to +expand the primary prompt if the <CODE>rl_on_new_line_with_prompt()</CODE> +function or <CODE>rl_already_prompted</CODE> variable is used. +It returns the number of visible characters on the last line of the +(possibly multi-line) prompt. +Applications may indicate that the prompt contains characters that take +up no physical screen space when displayed by bracketing a sequence of +such characters with the special markers <CODE>RL_PROMPT_START_IGNORE</CODE> +and <CODE>RL_PROMPT_END_IGNORE</CODE> (declared in <TT>`readline.h'</TT>). This may +be used to embed terminal-specific escape sequences in prompts. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX317"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_set_prompt</B> <I>(const char *prompt)</I> +<DD>Make Readline use <VAR>prompt</VAR> for subsequent redisplay. This calls +<CODE>rl_expand_prompt()</CODE> to expand the prompt and sets <CODE>rl_prompt</CODE> +to the result. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="Modifying Text"></A> +<HR SIZE="6"> +<A NAME="SEC36"></A> +<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0> +<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC35"> < </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC37"> > </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC37"> << </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> Up </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> >> </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD> +</TR></TABLE> +<H3> 2.4.7 Modifying Text </H3> +<!--docid::SEC36::--> +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX318"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_insert_text</B> <I>(const char *text)</I> +<DD>Insert <VAR>text</VAR> into the line at the current cursor position. +Returns the number of characters inserted. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX319"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_delete_text</B> <I>(int start, int end)</I> +<DD>Delete the text between <VAR>start</VAR> and <VAR>end</VAR> in the current line. +Returns the number of characters deleted. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX320"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> char * <B>rl_copy_text</B> <I>(int start, int end)</I> +<DD>Return a copy of the text between <VAR>start</VAR> and <VAR>end</VAR> in +the current line. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX321"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_kill_text</B> <I>(int start, int end)</I> +<DD>Copy the text between <VAR>start</VAR> and <VAR>end</VAR> in the current line +to the kill ring, appending or prepending to the last kill if the +last command was a kill command. The text is deleted. +If <VAR>start</VAR> is less than <VAR>end</VAR>, +the text is appended, otherwise prepended. If the last command was +not a kill, a new kill ring slot is used. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX322"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_push_macro_input</B> <I>(char *macro)</I> +<DD>Cause <VAR>macro</VAR> to be inserted into the line, as if it had been invoked +by a key bound to a macro. Not especially useful; use +<CODE>rl_insert_text()</CODE> instead. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="Character Input"></A> +<HR SIZE="6"> +<A NAME="SEC37"></A> +<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0> +<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC36"> < </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC38"> > </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC38"> << </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> Up </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> >> </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD> +</TR></TABLE> +<H3> 2.4.8 Character Input </H3> +<!--docid::SEC37::--> +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX323"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_read_key</B> <I>(void)</I> +<DD>Return the next character available from Readline's current input stream. +This handles input inserted into +the input stream via <VAR>rl_pending_input</VAR> (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A>) +and <CODE>rl_stuff_char()</CODE>, macros, and characters read from the keyboard. +While waiting for input, this function will call any function assigned to +the <CODE>rl_event_hook</CODE> variable. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX324"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_getc</B> <I>(FILE *stream)</I> +<DD>Return the next character available from <VAR>stream</VAR>, which is assumed to +be the keyboard. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX325"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_stuff_char</B> <I>(int c)</I> +<DD>Insert <VAR>c</VAR> into the Readline input stream. It will be "read" +before Readline attempts to read characters from the terminal with +<CODE>rl_read_key()</CODE>. Up to 512 characters may be pushed back. +<CODE>rl_stuff_char</CODE> returns 1 if the character was successfully inserted; +0 otherwise. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX326"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_execute_next</B> <I>(int c)</I> +<DD>Make <VAR>c</VAR> be the next command to be executed when <CODE>rl_read_key()</CODE> +is called. This sets <VAR>rl_pending_input</VAR>. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX327"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_clear_pending_input</B> <I>(void)</I> +<DD>Unset <VAR>rl_pending_input</VAR>, effectively negating the effect of any +previous call to <CODE>rl_execute_next()</CODE>. This works only if the +pending input has not already been read with <CODE>rl_read_key()</CODE>. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX328"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_set_keyboard_input_timeout</B> <I>(int u)</I> +<DD>While waiting for keyboard input in <CODE>rl_read_key()</CODE>, Readline will +wait for <VAR>u</VAR> microseconds for input before calling any function +assigned to <CODE>rl_event_hook</CODE>. <VAR>u</VAR> must be greater than or equal +to zero (a zero-length timeout is equivalent to a poll). +The default waiting period is one-tenth of a second. +Returns the old timeout value. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="Terminal Management"></A> +<HR SIZE="6"> +<A NAME="SEC38"></A> +<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0> +<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC37"> < </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC39"> > </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> << </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> Up </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> >> </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD> +</TR></TABLE> +<H3> 2.4.9 Terminal Management </H3> +<!--docid::SEC38::--> +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX329"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_prep_terminal</B> <I>(int meta_flag)</I> +<DD>Modify the terminal settings for Readline's use, so <CODE>readline()</CODE> +can read a single character at a time from the keyboard. +The <VAR>meta_flag</VAR> argument should be non-zero if Readline should +read eight-bit input. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX330"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_deprep_terminal</B> <I>(void)</I> +<DD>Undo the effects of <CODE>rl_prep_terminal()</CODE>, leaving the terminal in +the state in which it was before the most recent call to +<CODE>rl_prep_terminal()</CODE>. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX331"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_tty_set_default_bindings</B> <I>(Keymap kmap)</I> +<DD>Read the operating system's terminal editing characters (as would be +displayed by <CODE>stty</CODE>) to their Readline equivalents. +The bindings are performed in <VAR>kmap</VAR>. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX332"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_tty_unset_default_bindings</B> <I>(Keymap kmap)</I> +<DD>Reset the bindings manipulated by <CODE>rl_tty_set_default_bindings</CODE> so +that the terminal editing characters are bound to <CODE>rl_insert</CODE>. +The bindings are performed in <VAR>kmap</VAR>. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX333"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_tty_set_echoing</B> <I>(int value)</I> +<DD>Set Readline's idea of whether or not it is echoing output to its output +stream (<VAR>rl_outstream</VAR>). If <VAR>value</VAR> is 0, Readline does not display +output to <VAR>rl_outstream</VAR>; any other value enables output. The initial +value is set when Readline initializes the terminal settings. +This function returns the previous value. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX334"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_reset_terminal</B> <I>(const char *terminal_name)</I> +<DD>Reinitialize Readline's idea of the terminal settings using +<VAR>terminal_name</VAR> as the terminal type (e.g., <CODE>vt100</CODE>). +If <VAR>terminal_name</VAR> is <CODE>NULL</CODE>, the value of the <CODE>TERM</CODE> +environment variable is used. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="Utility Functions"></A> +<HR SIZE="6"> +<A NAME="SEC39"></A> +<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0> +<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC38"> < </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC40"> > </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC31"> << </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> Up </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> >> </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD> +</TR></TABLE> +<H3> 2.4.10 Utility Functions </H3> +<!--docid::SEC39::--> +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX335"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_save_state</B> <I>(struct readline_state *sp)</I> +<DD>Save a snapshot of Readline's internal state to <VAR>sp</VAR>. +The contents of the <VAR>readline_state</VAR> structure are documented +in <TT>`readline.h'</TT>. +The caller is responsible for allocating the structure. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX336"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_restore_state</B> <I>(struct readline_state *sp)</I> +<DD>Restore Readline's internal state to that stored in <VAR>sp</VAR>, which must +have been saved by a call to <CODE>rl_save_state</CODE>. +The contents of the <VAR>readline_state</VAR> structure are documented +in <TT>`readline.h'</TT>. +The caller is responsible for freeing the structure. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX337"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_free</B> <I>(void *mem)</I> +<DD>Deallocate the memory pointed to by <VAR>mem</VAR>. <VAR>mem</VAR> must have been +allocated by <CODE>malloc</CODE>. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX338"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_replace_line</B> <I>(const char *text, int clear_undo)</I> +<DD>Replace the contents of <CODE>rl_line_buffer</CODE> with <VAR>text</VAR>. +The point and mark are preserved, if possible. +If <VAR>clear_undo</VAR> is non-zero, the undo list associated with the +current line is cleared. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX339"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_extend_line_buffer</B> <I>(int len)</I> +<DD>Ensure that <CODE>rl_line_buffer</CODE> has enough space to hold <VAR>len</VAR> +characters, possibly reallocating it if necessary. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX340"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_initialize</B> <I>(void)</I> +<DD>Initialize or re-initialize Readline's internal state. +It's not strictly necessary to call this; <CODE>readline()</CODE> calls it before +reading any input. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX341"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_ding</B> <I>(void)</I> +<DD>Ring the terminal bell, obeying the setting of <CODE>bell-style</CODE>. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX342"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_alphabetic</B> <I>(int c)</I> +<DD>Return 1 if <VAR>c</VAR> is an alphabetic character. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX343"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_display_match_list</B> <I>(char **matches, int len, int max)</I> +<DD>A convenience function for displaying a list of strings in +columnar format on Readline's output stream. <CODE>matches</CODE> is the list +of strings, in argv format, such as a list of completion matches. +<CODE>len</CODE> is the number of strings in <CODE>matches</CODE>, and <CODE>max</CODE> +is the length of the longest string in <CODE>matches</CODE>. This function uses +the setting of <CODE>print-completions-horizontally</CODE> to select how the +matches are displayed (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A>). +When displaying completions, this function sets the number of columns used +for display to the value of <CODE>completion-display-width</CODE>, the value of +the environment variable <CODE>COLUMNS</CODE>, or the screen width, in that order. +</DL> +</P><P> + +The following are implemented as macros, defined in <CODE>chardefs.h</CODE>. +Applications should refrain from using them. +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX344"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>_rl_uppercase_p</B> <I>(int c)</I> +<DD>Return 1 if <VAR>c</VAR> is an uppercase alphabetic character. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX345"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>_rl_lowercase_p</B> <I>(int c)</I> +<DD>Return 1 if <VAR>c</VAR> is a lowercase alphabetic character. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX346"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>_rl_digit_p</B> <I>(int c)</I> +<DD>Return 1 if <VAR>c</VAR> is a numeric character. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX347"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>_rl_to_upper</B> <I>(int c)</I> +<DD>If <VAR>c</VAR> is a lowercase alphabetic character, return the corresponding +uppercase character. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX348"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>_rl_to_lower</B> <I>(int c)</I> +<DD>If <VAR>c</VAR> is an uppercase alphabetic character, return the corresponding +lowercase character. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX349"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>_rl_digit_value</B> <I>(int c)</I> +<DD>If <VAR>c</VAR> is a number, return the value it represents. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="Miscellaneous Functions"></A> +<HR SIZE="6"> +<A NAME="SEC40"></A> +<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0> +<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC39"> < </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC41"> > </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC31"> << </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> Up </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> >> </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD> +</TR></TABLE> +<H3> 2.4.11 Miscellaneous Functions </H3> +<!--docid::SEC40::--> +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX350"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_macro_bind</B> <I>(const char *keyseq, const char *macro, Keymap map)</I> +<DD>Bind the key sequence <VAR>keyseq</VAR> to invoke the macro <VAR>macro</VAR>. +The binding is performed in <VAR>map</VAR>. When <VAR>keyseq</VAR> is invoked, the +<VAR>macro</VAR> will be inserted into the line. This function is deprecated; +use <CODE>rl_generic_bind()</CODE> instead. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX351"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_macro_dumper</B> <I>(int readable)</I> +<DD>Print the key sequences bound to macros and their values, using +the current keymap, to <CODE>rl_outstream</CODE>. +If <VAR>readable</VAR> is non-zero, the list is formatted in such a way +that it can be made part of an <CODE>inputrc</CODE> file and re-read. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX352"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_variable_bind</B> <I>(const char *variable, const char *value)</I> +<DD>Make the Readline variable <VAR>variable</VAR> have <VAR>value</VAR>. +This behaves as if the readline command +<SAMP>`set <VAR>variable</VAR> <VAR>value</VAR>'</SAMP> had been executed in an <CODE>inputrc</CODE> +file (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A>). +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX353"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> char * <B>rl_variable_value</B> <I>(const char *variable)</I> +<DD>Return a string representing the value of the Readline variable <VAR>variable</VAR>. +For boolean variables, this string is either <SAMP>`on'</SAMP> or <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX354"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_variable_dumper</B> <I>(int readable)</I> +<DD>Print the readline variable names and their current values +to <CODE>rl_outstream</CODE>. +If <VAR>readable</VAR> is non-zero, the list is formatted in such a way +that it can be made part of an <CODE>inputrc</CODE> file and re-read. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX355"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_set_paren_blink_timeout</B> <I>(int u)</I> +<DD>Set the time interval (in microseconds) that Readline waits when showing +a balancing character when <CODE>blink-matching-paren</CODE> has been enabled. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX356"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> char * <B>rl_get_termcap</B> <I>(const char *cap)</I> +<DD>Retrieve the string value of the termcap capability <VAR>cap</VAR>. +Readline fetches the termcap entry for the current terminal name and +uses those capabilities to move around the screen line and perform other +terminal-specific operations, like erasing a line. Readline does not +use all of a terminal's capabilities, and this function will return +values for only those capabilities Readline uses. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX357"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_clear_history</B> <I>(void)</I> +<DD>Clear the history list by deleting all of the entries, in the same manner +as the History library's <CODE>clear_history()</CODE> function. +This differs from <CODE>clear_history</CODE> because it frees private data +Readline saves in the history list. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX358"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_activate_mark</B> <I>(void)</I> +<DD>Enable an <EM>active</EM> mark. +When this is enabled, the text between point and mark (the <VAR>region</VAR>) is +displayed in the terminal's standout mode (a <VAR>face</VAR>). +This is called by various readline functions that set the mark and insert +text, and is available for applications to call. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX359"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_deactivate_mark</B> <I>(void)</I> +<DD>Turn off the active mark. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX360"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_keep_mark_active</B> <I>(void)</I> +<DD>Indicate that the mark should remain active when the current readline function +completes and after redisplay occurs. +In most cases, the mark remains active for only the duration of a single +bindable readline function. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX361"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_mark_active_p</B> <I>(void)</I> +<DD>Return a non-zero value if the mark is currently active; zero otherwise. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="Alternate Interface"></A> +<HR SIZE="6"> +<A NAME="SEC41"></A> +<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0> +<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC40"> < </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC42"> > </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC31"> << </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> Up </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> >> </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD> +</TR></TABLE> +<H3> 2.4.12 Alternate Interface </H3> +<!--docid::SEC41::--> +<P> + +An alternate interface is available to plain <CODE>readline()</CODE>. Some +applications need to interleave keyboard I/O with file, device, or +window system I/O, typically by using a main loop to <CODE>select()</CODE> +on various file descriptors. To accommodate this need, readline can +also be invoked as a `callback' function from an event loop. There +are functions available to make this easy. +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX362"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_callback_handler_install</B> <I>(const char *prompt, rl_vcpfunc_t *lhandler)</I> +<DD>Set up the terminal for readline I/O and display the initial +expanded value of <VAR>prompt</VAR>. Save the value of <VAR>lhandler</VAR> to +use as a handler function to call when a complete line of input has been +entered. +The handler function receives the text of the line as an argument. +As with <CODE>readline()</CODE>, the handler function should <CODE>free</CODE> the +line when it it finished with it. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX363"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_callback_read_char</B> <I>(void)</I> +<DD>Whenever an application determines that keyboard input is available, it +should call <CODE>rl_callback_read_char()</CODE>, which will read the next +character from the current input source. +If that character completes the line, <CODE>rl_callback_read_char</CODE> will +invoke the <VAR>lhandler</VAR> function installed by +<CODE>rl_callback_handler_install</CODE> to process the line. +Before calling the <VAR>lhandler</VAR> function, the terminal settings are +reset to the values they had before calling +<CODE>rl_callback_handler_install</CODE>. +If the <VAR>lhandler</VAR> function returns, +and the line handler remains installed, +the terminal settings are modified for Readline's use again. +<CODE>EOF</CODE> is indicated by calling <VAR>lhandler</VAR> with a +<CODE>NULL</CODE> line. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX364"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_callback_sigcleanup</B> <I>(void)</I> +<DD>Clean up any internal state the callback interface uses to maintain state +between calls to rl_callback_read_char (e.g., the state of any active +incremental searches). This is intended to be used by applications that +wish to perform their own signal handling; Readline's internal signal handler +calls this when appropriate. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX365"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_callback_handler_remove</B> <I>(void)</I> +<DD>Restore the terminal to its initial state and remove the line handler. +You may call this function from within a callback as well as independently. +If the <VAR>lhandler</VAR> installed by <CODE>rl_callback_handler_install</CODE> +does not exit the program, either this function or the function referred +to by the value of <CODE>rl_deprep_term_function</CODE> should be called before +the program exits to reset the terminal settings. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="A Readline Example"></A> +<HR SIZE="6"> +<A NAME="SEC42"></A> +<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0> +<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC41"> < </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC43"> > </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC31"> << </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> Up </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> >> </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD> +</TR></TABLE> +<H3> 2.4.13 A Readline Example </H3> +<!--docid::SEC42::--> +<P> + +Here is a function which changes lowercase characters to their uppercase +equivalents, and uppercase characters to lowercase. If +this function was bound to <SAMP>`M-c'</SAMP>, then typing <SAMP>`M-c'</SAMP> would +change the case of the character under point. Typing <SAMP>`M-1 0 M-c'</SAMP> +would change the case of the following 10 characters, leaving the cursor on +the last character changed. +</P><P> + +<TABLE><tr><td> </td><td class=example><pre>/* Invert the case of the COUNT following characters. */ +int +invert_case_line (count, key) + int count, key; +{ + register int start, end, i; + + start = rl_point; + + if (rl_point >= rl_end) + return (0); + + if (count < 0) + { + direction = -1; + count = -count; + } + else + direction = 1; + + /* Find the end of the range to modify. */ + end = start + (count * direction); + + /* Force it to be within range. */ + if (end > rl_end) + end = rl_end; + else if (end < 0) + end = 0; + + if (start == end) + return (0); + + if (start > end) + { + int temp = start; + start = end; + end = temp; + } + + /* Tell readline that we are modifying the line, + so it will save the undo information. */ + rl_modifying (start, end); + + for (i = start; i != end; i++) + { + if (_rl_uppercase_p (rl_line_buffer[i])) + rl_line_buffer[i] = _rl_to_lower (rl_line_buffer[i]); + else if (_rl_lowercase_p (rl_line_buffer[i])) + rl_line_buffer[i] = _rl_to_upper (rl_line_buffer[i]); + } + /* Move point to on top of the last character changed. */ + rl_point = (direction == 1) ? end - 1 : start; + return (0); +} +</pre></td></tr></table></P><P> + +<A NAME="Alternate Interface Example"></A> +<HR SIZE="6"> +<A NAME="SEC43"></A> +<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0> +<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC42"> < </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> > </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC31"> << </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> Up </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> >> </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD> +</TR></TABLE> +<H3> 2.4.14 Alternate Interface Example </H3> +<!--docid::SEC43::--> +<P> + +Here is a complete program that illustrates Readline's alternate interface. +It reads lines from the terminal and displays them, providing the +standard history and TAB completion functions. +It understands the EOF character or "exit" to exit the program. +</P><P> + +<TABLE><tr><td> </td><td class=example><pre>/* Standard include files. stdio.h is required. */ +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#include <locale.h> + +/* Used for select(2) */ +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/select.h> + +#include <signal.h> + +#include <stdio.h> + +/* Standard readline include files. */ +#include <readline/readline.h> +#include <readline/history.h> + +static void cb_linehandler (char *); +static void sighandler (int); + +int running; +int sigwinch_received; +const char *prompt = "rltest$ "; + +/* Handle SIGWINCH and window size changes when readline is not active and + reading a character. */ +static void +sighandler (int sig) +{ + sigwinch_received = 1; +} + +/* Callback function called for each line when accept-line executed, EOF + seen, or EOF character read. This sets a flag and returns; it could + also call exit(3). */ +static void +cb_linehandler (char *line) +{ + /* Can use ^D (stty eof) or `exit' to exit. */ + if (line == NULL || strcmp (line, "exit") == 0) + { + if (line == 0) + printf ("\n"); + printf ("exit\n"); + /* This function needs to be called to reset the terminal settings, + and calling it from the line handler keeps one extra prompt from + being displayed. */ + rl_callback_handler_remove (); + + running = 0; + } + else + { + if (*line) + add_history (line); + printf ("input line: %s\n", line); + free (line); + } +} + +int +main (int c, char **v) +{ + fd_set fds; + int r; + + /* Set the default locale values according to environment variables. */ + setlocale (LC_ALL, ""); + + /* Handle window size changes when readline is not active and reading + characters. */ + signal (SIGWINCH, sighandler); + + /* Install the line handler. */ + rl_callback_handler_install (prompt, cb_linehandler); + + /* Enter a simple event loop. This waits until something is available + to read on readline's input stream (defaults to standard input) and + calls the builtin character read callback to read it. It does not + have to modify the user's terminal settings. */ + running = 1; + while (running) + { + FD_ZERO (&fds); + FD_SET (fileno (rl_instream), &fds); + + r = select (FD_SETSIZE, &fds, NULL, NULL, NULL); + if (r < 0 && errno != EINTR) + { + perror ("rltest: select"); + rl_callback_handler_remove (); + break; + } + if (sigwinch_received) + { + rl_resize_terminal (); + sigwinch_received = 0; + } + if (r < 0) + continue; + + if (FD_ISSET (fileno (rl_instream), &fds)) + rl_callback_read_char (); + } + + printf ("rltest: Event loop has exited\n"); + return 0; +} +</pre></td></tr></table></P><P> + +<A NAME="Readline Signal Handling"></A> +<HR SIZE="6"> +<A NAME="SEC44"></A> +<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0> +<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC43"> < </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC45"> > </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC45"> << </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC23"> Up </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC50"> >> </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD> +</TR></TABLE> +<H2> 2.5 Readline Signal Handling </H2> +<!--docid::SEC44::--> +<P> + +Signals are asynchronous events sent to a process by the Unix kernel, +sometimes on behalf of another process. They are intended to indicate +exceptional events, like a user pressing the interrupt key on his terminal, +or a network connection being broken. There is a class of signals that can +be sent to the process currently reading input from the keyboard. Since +Readline changes the terminal attributes when it is called, it needs to +perform special processing when such a signal is received in order to +restore the terminal to a sane state, or provide application writers with +functions to do so manually. +</P><P> + +Readline contains an internal signal handler that is installed for a +number of signals (<CODE>SIGINT</CODE>, <CODE>SIGQUIT</CODE>, <CODE>SIGTERM</CODE>, +<CODE>SIGHUP</CODE>, +<CODE>SIGALRM</CODE>, <CODE>SIGTSTP</CODE>, <CODE>SIGTTIN</CODE>, and <CODE>SIGTTOU</CODE>). +When one of these signals is received, the signal handler +will reset the terminal attributes to those that were in effect before +<CODE>readline()</CODE> was called, reset the signal handling to what it was +before <CODE>readline()</CODE> was called, and resend the signal to the calling +application. +If and when the calling application's signal handler returns, Readline +will reinitialize the terminal and continue to accept input. +When a <CODE>SIGINT</CODE> is received, the Readline signal handler performs +some additional work, which will cause any partially-entered line to be +aborted (see the description of <CODE>rl_free_line_state()</CODE> below). +</P><P> + +There is an additional Readline signal handler, for <CODE>SIGWINCH</CODE>, which +the kernel sends to a process whenever the terminal's size changes (for +example, if a user resizes an <CODE>xterm</CODE>). The Readline <CODE>SIGWINCH</CODE> +handler updates Readline's internal screen size information, and then calls +any <CODE>SIGWINCH</CODE> signal handler the calling application has installed. +Readline calls the application's <CODE>SIGWINCH</CODE> signal handler without +resetting the terminal to its original state. If the application's signal +handler does more than update its idea of the terminal size and return (for +example, a <CODE>longjmp</CODE> back to a main processing loop), it <EM>must</EM> +call <CODE>rl_cleanup_after_signal()</CODE> (described below), to restore the +terminal state. +</P><P> + +When an application is using the callback interface +(see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC41">2.4.12 Alternate Interface</A>), Readline installs signal handlers only for +the duration of the call to <CODE>rl_callback_read_char</CODE>. Applications +using the callback interface should be prepared to clean up Readline's +state if they wish to handle the signal before the line handler completes +and restores the terminal state. +</P><P> + +If an application using the callback interface wishes to have Readline +install its signal handlers at the time the application calls +<CODE>rl_callback_handler_install</CODE> and remove them only when a complete +line of input has been read, it should set the +<CODE>rl_persistent_signal_handlers</CODE> variable to a non-zero value. +This allows an application to defer all of the handling of the signals +Readline catches to Readline. +Applications should use this variable with care; it can result in Readline +catching signals and not acting on them (or allowing the application to react +to them) until the application calls <CODE>rl_callback_read_char</CODE>. This +can result in an application becoming less responsive to keyboard signals +like SIGINT. +If an application does not want or need to perform any signal handling, or +does not need to do any processing between calls to <CODE>rl_callback_read_char</CODE>, +setting this variable may be desirable. +</P><P> + +Readline provides two variables that allow application writers to +control whether or not it will catch certain signals and act on them +when they are received. It is important that applications change the +values of these variables only when calling <CODE>readline()</CODE>, not in +a signal handler, so Readline's internal signal state is not corrupted. +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX366"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_catch_signals</B> +<DD>If this variable is non-zero, Readline will install signal handlers for +<CODE>SIGINT</CODE>, <CODE>SIGQUIT</CODE>, <CODE>SIGTERM</CODE>, <CODE>SIGHUP</CODE>, <CODE>SIGALRM</CODE>, +<CODE>SIGTSTP</CODE>, <CODE>SIGTTIN</CODE>, and <CODE>SIGTTOU</CODE>. +</P><P> + +The default value of <CODE>rl_catch_signals</CODE> is 1. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX367"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_catch_sigwinch</B> +<DD>If this variable is set to a non-zero value, +Readline will install a signal handler for <CODE>SIGWINCH</CODE>. +</P><P> + +The default value of <CODE>rl_catch_sigwinch</CODE> is 1. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX368"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_persistent_signal_handlers</B> +<DD>If an application using the callback interface wishes Readline's signal +handlers to be installed and active during the set of calls to +<CODE>rl_callback_read_char</CODE> that constitutes an entire single line, +it should set this variable to a non-zero value. +</P><P> + +The default value of <CODE>rl_persistent_signal_handlers</CODE> is 0. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX369"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_change_environment</B> +<DD>If this variable is set to a non-zero value, +and Readline is handling <CODE>SIGWINCH</CODE>, Readline will modify the +<VAR>LINES</VAR> and <VAR>COLUMNS</VAR> environment variables upon receipt of a +<CODE>SIGWINCH</CODE> +</P><P> + +The default value of <CODE>rl_change_environment</CODE> is 1. +</DL> +</P><P> + +If an application does not wish to have Readline catch any signals, or +to handle signals other than those Readline catches (<CODE>SIGHUP</CODE>, +for example), +Readline provides convenience functions to do the necessary terminal +and internal state cleanup upon receipt of a signal. +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX370"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_pending_signal</B> <I>(void)</I> +<DD>Return the signal number of the most recent signal Readline received but +has not yet handled, or 0 if there is no pending signal. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX371"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_cleanup_after_signal</B> <I>(void)</I> +<DD>This function will reset the state of the terminal to what it was before +<CODE>readline()</CODE> was called, and remove the Readline signal handlers for +all signals, depending on the values of <CODE>rl_catch_signals</CODE> and +<CODE>rl_catch_sigwinch</CODE>. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX372"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_free_line_state</B> <I>(void)</I> +<DD>This will free any partial state associated with the current input line +(undo information, any partial history entry, any partially-entered +keyboard macro, and any partially-entered numeric argument). This +should be called before <CODE>rl_cleanup_after_signal()</CODE>. The +Readline signal handler for <CODE>SIGINT</CODE> calls this to abort the +current input line. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX373"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_reset_after_signal</B> <I>(void)</I> +<DD>This will reinitialize the terminal and reinstall any Readline signal +handlers, depending on the values of <CODE>rl_catch_signals</CODE> and +<CODE>rl_catch_sigwinch</CODE>. +</DL> +</P><P> + +If an application wants to force Readline to handle any signals that +have arrived while it has been executing, <CODE>rl_check_signals()</CODE> +will call Readline's internal signal handler if there are any pending +signals. This is primarily intended for those applications that use +a custom <CODE>rl_getc_function</CODE> (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A>) and wish +to handle signals received while waiting for input. +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX374"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_check_signals</B> <I>(void)</I> +<DD>If there are any pending signals, call Readline's internal signal handling +functions to process them. <CODE>rl_pending_signal()</CODE> can be used independently +to determine whether or not there are any pending signals. +</DL> +</P><P> + +If an application does not wish Readline to catch <CODE>SIGWINCH</CODE>, it may +call <CODE>rl_resize_terminal()</CODE> or <CODE>rl_set_screen_size()</CODE> to force +Readline to update its idea of the terminal size when it receives +a <CODE>SIGWINCH</CODE>. +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX375"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_echo_signal_char</B> <I>(int sig)</I> +<DD>If an application wishes to install its own signal handlers, but still +have readline display characters that generate signals, calling this +function with <VAR>sig</VAR> set to <CODE>SIGINT</CODE>, <CODE>SIGQUIT</CODE>, or +<CODE>SIGTSTP</CODE> will display the character generating that signal. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX376"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_resize_terminal</B> <I>(void)</I> +<DD>Update Readline's internal screen size by reading values from the kernel. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX377"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_set_screen_size</B> <I>(int rows, int cols)</I> +<DD>Set Readline's idea of the terminal size to <VAR>rows</VAR> rows and +<VAR>cols</VAR> columns. If either <VAR>rows</VAR> or <VAR>columns</VAR> is less than +or equal to 0, Readline's idea of that terminal dimension is unchanged. +This is intended to tell Readline the physical dimensions of the terminal, +and is used internally to calculate the maximum number of characters that +may appear on a single line and on the screen. +</DL> +</P><P> + +If an application does not want to install a <CODE>SIGWINCH</CODE> handler, but +is still interested in the screen dimensions, it may query Readline's idea +of the screen size. +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX378"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_get_screen_size</B> <I>(int *rows, int *cols)</I> +<DD>Return Readline's idea of the terminal's size in the +variables pointed to by the arguments. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX379"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_reset_screen_size</B> <I>(void)</I> +<DD>Cause Readline to reobtain the screen size and recalculate its dimensions. +</DL> +</P><P> + +The following functions install and remove Readline's signal handlers. +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX380"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_set_signals</B> <I>(void)</I> +<DD>Install Readline's signal handler for <CODE>SIGINT</CODE>, <CODE>SIGQUIT</CODE>, +<CODE>SIGTERM</CODE>, <CODE>SIGHUP</CODE>, <CODE>SIGALRM</CODE>, <CODE>SIGTSTP</CODE>, <CODE>SIGTTIN</CODE>, +<CODE>SIGTTOU</CODE>, and <CODE>SIGWINCH</CODE>, depending on the values of +<CODE>rl_catch_signals</CODE> and <CODE>rl_catch_sigwinch</CODE>. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX381"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_clear_signals</B> <I>(void)</I> +<DD>Remove all of the Readline signal handlers installed by +<CODE>rl_set_signals()</CODE>. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="Custom Completers"></A> +<HR SIZE="6"> +<A NAME="SEC45"></A> +<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0> +<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> < </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC46"> > </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[ << ]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC23"> Up </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC50"> >> </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD> +</TR></TABLE> +<H2> 2.6 Custom Completers </H2> +<!--docid::SEC45::--> +<P> + +Typically, a program that reads commands from the user has a way of +disambiguating commands and data. If your program is one of these, then +it can provide completion for commands, data, or both. +The following sections describe how your program and Readline +cooperate to provide this service. +</P><P> + +<BLOCKQUOTE><TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=0> +<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC46">2.6.1 How Completing Works</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">The logic used to do completion.</TD></TR> +<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC47">2.6.2 Completion Functions</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Functions provided by Readline.</TD></TR> +<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Variables which control completion.</TD></TR> +<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC49">2.6.4 A Short Completion Example</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">An example of writing completer subroutines.</TD></TR> +</TABLE></BLOCKQUOTE> +<P> + +<A NAME="How Completing Works"></A> +<HR SIZE="6"> +<A NAME="SEC46"></A> +<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0> +<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC45"> < </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC47"> > </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[ << ]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC45"> Up </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC50"> >> </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD> +</TR></TABLE> +<H3> 2.6.1 How Completing Works </H3> +<!--docid::SEC46::--> +<P> + +In order to complete some text, the full list of possible completions +must be available. That is, it is not possible to accurately +expand a partial word without knowing all of the possible words +which make sense in that context. The Readline library provides +the user interface to completion, and two of the most common +completion functions: filename and username. For completing other types +of text, you must write your own completion function. This section +describes exactly what such functions must do, and provides an example. +</P><P> + +There are three major functions used to perform completion: +</P><P> + +<OL> +<LI> +The user-interface function <CODE>rl_complete()</CODE>. This function is +called with the same arguments as other bindable Readline functions: +<VAR>count</VAR> and <VAR>invoking_key</VAR>. +It isolates the word to be completed and calls +<CODE>rl_completion_matches()</CODE> to generate a list of possible completions. +It then either lists the possible completions, inserts the possible +completions, or actually performs the +completion, depending on which behavior is desired. +<P> + +<LI> +The internal function <CODE>rl_completion_matches()</CODE> uses an +application-supplied <EM>generator</EM> function to generate the list of +possible matches, and then returns the array of these matches. +The caller should place the address of its generator function in +<CODE>rl_completion_entry_function</CODE>. +<P> + +<LI> +The generator function is called repeatedly from +<CODE>rl_completion_matches()</CODE>, returning a string each time. The +arguments to the generator function are <VAR>text</VAR> and <VAR>state</VAR>. +<VAR>text</VAR> is the partial word to be completed. <VAR>state</VAR> is zero the +first time the function is called, allowing the generator to perform +any necessary initialization, and a positive non-zero integer for +each subsequent call. The generator function returns +<CODE>(char *)NULL</CODE> to inform <CODE>rl_completion_matches()</CODE> that there are +no more possibilities left. Usually the generator function computes the +list of possible completions when <VAR>state</VAR> is zero, and returns them +one at a time on subsequent calls. Each string the generator function +returns as a match must be allocated with <CODE>malloc()</CODE>; Readline +frees the strings when it has finished with them. +Such a generator function is referred to as an +<EM>application-specific completion function</EM>. +<P> + +</OL> +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX382"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_complete</B> <I>(int ignore, int invoking_key)</I> +<DD>Complete the word at or before point. You have supplied the function +that does the initial simple matching selection algorithm (see +<CODE>rl_completion_matches()</CODE>). The default is to do filename completion. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX383"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_compentry_func_t * <B>rl_completion_entry_function</B> +<DD>This is a pointer to the generator function for +<CODE>rl_completion_matches()</CODE>. +If the value of <CODE>rl_completion_entry_function</CODE> is +<CODE>NULL</CODE> then the default filename generator +function, <CODE>rl_filename_completion_function()</CODE>, is used. +An <EM>application-specific completion function</EM> is a function whose +address is assigned to <CODE>rl_completion_entry_function</CODE> and whose +return values are used to generate possible completions. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="Completion Functions"></A> +<HR SIZE="6"> +<A NAME="SEC47"></A> +<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0> +<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC46"> < </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC48"> > </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC48"> << </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC45"> Up </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC50"> >> </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD> +</TR></TABLE> +<H3> 2.6.2 Completion Functions </H3> +<!--docid::SEC47::--> +<P> + +Here is the complete list of callable completion functions present in +Readline. +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX384"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_complete_internal</B> <I>(int what_to_do)</I> +<DD>Complete the word at or before point. <VAR>what_to_do</VAR> says what to do +with the completion. A value of <SAMP>`?'</SAMP> means list the possible +completions. <SAMP>`TAB'</SAMP> means do standard completion. <SAMP>`*'</SAMP> means +insert all of the possible completions. <SAMP>`!'</SAMP> means to display +all of the possible completions, if there is more than one, as well as +performing partial completion. <SAMP>`@'</SAMP> is similar to <SAMP>`!'</SAMP>, but +possible completions are not listed if the possible completions share +a common prefix. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX385"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_complete</B> <I>(int ignore, int invoking_key)</I> +<DD>Complete the word at or before point. You have supplied the function +that does the initial simple matching selection algorithm (see +<CODE>rl_completion_matches()</CODE> and <CODE>rl_completion_entry_function</CODE>). +The default is to do filename +completion. This calls <CODE>rl_complete_internal()</CODE> with an +argument depending on <VAR>invoking_key</VAR>. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX386"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_possible_completions</B> <I>(int count, int invoking_key)</I> +<DD>List the possible completions. See description of <CODE>rl_complete +()</CODE>. This calls <CODE>rl_complete_internal()</CODE> with an argument of +<SAMP>`?'</SAMP>. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX387"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_insert_completions</B> <I>(int count, int invoking_key)</I> +<DD>Insert the list of possible completions into the line, deleting the +partially-completed word. See description of <CODE>rl_complete()</CODE>. +This calls <CODE>rl_complete_internal()</CODE> with an argument of <SAMP>`*'</SAMP>. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX388"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_completion_mode</B> <I>(rl_command_func_t *cfunc)</I> +<DD>Returns the appropriate value to pass to <CODE>rl_complete_internal()</CODE> +depending on whether <VAR>cfunc</VAR> was called twice in succession and +the values of the <CODE>show-all-if-ambiguous</CODE> and +<CODE>show-all-if-unmodified</CODE> variables. +Application-specific completion functions may use this function to present +the same interface as <CODE>rl_complete()</CODE>. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX389"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> char ** <B>rl_completion_matches</B> <I>(const char *text, rl_compentry_func_t *entry_func)</I> +<DD>Returns an array of strings which is a list of completions for +<VAR>text</VAR>. If there are no completions, returns <CODE>NULL</CODE>. +The first entry in the returned array is the substitution for <VAR>text</VAR>. +The remaining entries are the possible completions. The array is +terminated with a <CODE>NULL</CODE> pointer. +</P><P> + +<VAR>entry_func</VAR> is a function of two args, and returns a +<CODE>char *</CODE>. The first argument is <VAR>text</VAR>. The second is a +state argument; it is zero on the first call, and non-zero on subsequent +calls. <VAR>entry_func</VAR> returns a <CODE>NULL</CODE> pointer to the caller +when there are no more matches. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX390"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> char * <B>rl_filename_completion_function</B> <I>(const char *text, int state)</I> +<DD>A generator function for filename completion in the general case. +<VAR>text</VAR> is a partial filename. +The Bash source is a useful reference for writing application-specific +completion functions (the Bash completion functions call this and other +Readline functions). +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX391"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Function:</U> char * <B>rl_username_completion_function</B> <I>(const char *text, int state)</I> +<DD>A completion generator for usernames. <VAR>text</VAR> contains a partial +username preceded by a random character (usually <SAMP>`~'</SAMP>). As with all +completion generators, <VAR>state</VAR> is zero on the first call and non-zero +for subsequent calls. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="Completion Variables"></A> +<HR SIZE="6"> +<A NAME="SEC48"></A> +<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0> +<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC47"> < </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC49"> > </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC49"> << </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC45"> Up </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC50"> >> </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD> +</TR></TABLE> +<H3> 2.6.3 Completion Variables </H3> +<!--docid::SEC48::--> +<P> + +<A NAME="IDX392"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_compentry_func_t * <B>rl_completion_entry_function</B> +<DD>A pointer to the generator function for <CODE>rl_completion_matches()</CODE>. +<CODE>NULL</CODE> means to use <CODE>rl_filename_completion_function()</CODE>, +the default filename completer. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX393"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_completion_func_t * <B>rl_attempted_completion_function</B> +<DD>A pointer to an alternative function to create matches. +The function is called with <VAR>text</VAR>, <VAR>start</VAR>, and <VAR>end</VAR>. +<VAR>start</VAR> and <VAR>end</VAR> are indices in <CODE>rl_line_buffer</CODE> defining +the boundaries of <VAR>text</VAR>, which is a character string. +If this function exists and returns <CODE>NULL</CODE>, or if this variable is +set to <CODE>NULL</CODE>, then <CODE>rl_complete()</CODE> will call the value of +<CODE>rl_completion_entry_function</CODE> to generate matches, otherwise the +array of strings returned will be used. +If this function sets the <CODE>rl_attempted_completion_over</CODE> +variable to a non-zero value, Readline will not perform its default +completion even if this function returns no matches. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX394"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_quote_func_t * <B>rl_filename_quoting_function</B> +<DD>A pointer to a function that will quote a filename in an +application-specific fashion. This is called if filename completion is being +attempted and one of the characters in <CODE>rl_filename_quote_characters</CODE> +appears in a completed filename. The function is called with +<VAR>text</VAR>, <VAR>match_type</VAR>, and <VAR>quote_pointer</VAR>. The <VAR>text</VAR> +is the filename to be quoted. The <VAR>match_type</VAR> is either +<CODE>SINGLE_MATCH</CODE>, if there is only one completion match, or +<CODE>MULT_MATCH</CODE>. Some functions use this to decide whether or not to +insert a closing quote character. The <VAR>quote_pointer</VAR> is a pointer +to any opening quote character the user typed. Some functions choose +to reset this character. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX395"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_dequote_func_t * <B>rl_filename_dequoting_function</B> +<DD>A pointer to a function that will remove application-specific quoting +characters from a filename before completion is attempted, so those +characters do not interfere with matching the text against names in +the filesystem. It is called with <VAR>text</VAR>, the text of the word +to be dequoted, and <VAR>quote_char</VAR>, which is the quoting character +that delimits the filename (usually <SAMP>`''</SAMP> or <SAMP>`"'</SAMP>). If +<VAR>quote_char</VAR> is zero, the filename was not in an embedded string. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX396"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_linebuf_func_t * <B>rl_char_is_quoted_p</B> +<DD>A pointer to a function to call that determines whether or not a specific +character in the line buffer is quoted, according to whatever quoting +mechanism the program calling Readline uses. The function is called with +two arguments: <VAR>text</VAR>, the text of the line, and <VAR>index</VAR>, the +index of the character in the line. It is used to decide whether a +character found in <CODE>rl_completer_word_break_characters</CODE> should be +used to break words for the completer. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX397"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_compignore_func_t * <B>rl_ignore_some_completions_function</B> +<DD>This function, if defined, is called by the completer when real filename +completion is done, after all the matching names have been generated. +It is passed a <CODE>NULL</CODE> terminated array of matches. +The first element (<CODE>matches[0]</CODE>) is the +maximal substring common to all matches. This function can +re-arrange the list of matches as required, but each element deleted +from the array must be freed. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX398"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_icppfunc_t * <B>rl_directory_completion_hook</B> +<DD>This function, if defined, is allowed to modify the directory portion +of filenames Readline completes. +It could be used to expand symbolic links or shell variables in pathnames. +It is called with the address of a string (the current directory name) as an +argument, and may modify that string. +If the string is replaced with a new string, the old value should be freed. +Any modified directory name should have a trailing slash. +The modified value will be used as part of the completion, replacing +the directory portion of the pathname the user typed. +At the least, even if no other expansion is performed, this function should +remove any quote characters from the directory name, because its result will +be passed directly to <CODE>opendir()</CODE>. +</P><P> + +The directory completion hook returns an integer that should be non-zero if +the function modifies its directory argument. +The function should not modify the directory argument if it returns 0. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX399"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_icppfunc_t * <B>rl_directory_rewrite_hook;</B> +<DD>If non-zero, this is the address of a function to call when completing +a directory name. This function takes the address of the directory name +to be modified as an argument. Unlike <CODE>rl_directory_completion_hook</CODE>, +it only modifies the directory name used in <CODE>opendir</CODE>, not what is +displayed when the possible completions are printed or inserted. It is +called before rl_directory_completion_hook. +At the least, even if no other expansion is performed, this function should +remove any quote characters from the directory name, because its result will +be passed directly to <CODE>opendir()</CODE>. +</P><P> + +The directory rewrite hook returns an integer that should be non-zero if +the function modifies its directory argument. +The function should not modify the directory argument if it returns 0. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX400"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_icppfunc_t * <B>rl_filename_stat_hook</B> +<DD>If non-zero, this is the address of a function for the completer to +call before deciding which character to append to a completed name. +This function modifies its filename name argument, and the modified value +is passed to <CODE>stat()</CODE> to determine the file's type and characteristics. +This function does not need to remove quote characters from the filename. +</P><P> + +The stat hook returns an integer that should be non-zero if +the function modifies its directory argument. +The function should not modify the directory argument if it returns 0. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX401"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_dequote_func_t * <B>rl_filename_rewrite_hook</B> +<DD>If non-zero, this is the address of a function called when reading +directory entries from the filesystem for completion and comparing +them to the partial word to be completed. The function should +perform any necessary application or system-specific conversion on +the filename, such as converting between character sets or converting +from a filesystem format to a character input format. +The function takes two arguments: <VAR>fname</VAR>, the filename to be converted, +and <VAR>fnlen</VAR>, its length in bytes. +It must either return its first argument (if no conversion takes place) +or the converted filename in newly-allocated memory. The converted +form is used to compare against the word to be completed, and, if it +matches, is added to the list of matches. Readline will free the +allocated string. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX402"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_compdisp_func_t * <B>rl_completion_display_matches_hook</B> +<DD>If non-zero, then this is the address of a function to call when +completing a word would normally display the list of possible matches. +This function is called in lieu of Readline displaying the list. +It takes three arguments: +(<CODE>char **</CODE><VAR>matches</VAR>, <CODE>int</CODE> <VAR>num_matches</VAR>, <CODE>int</CODE> <VAR>max_length</VAR>) +where <VAR>matches</VAR> is the array of matching strings, +<VAR>num_matches</VAR> is the number of strings in that array, and +<VAR>max_length</VAR> is the length of the longest string in that array. +Readline provides a convenience function, <CODE>rl_display_match_list</CODE>, +that takes care of doing the display to Readline's output stream. +You may call that function from this hook. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX403"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Variable:</U> const char * <B>rl_basic_word_break_characters</B> +<DD>The basic list of characters that signal a break between words for the +completer routine. The default value of this variable is the characters +which break words for completion in Bash: +<CODE>" \t\n\"\\'`@$><=;|&{("</CODE>. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX404"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Variable:</U> const char * <B>rl_basic_quote_characters</B> +<DD>A list of quote characters which can cause a word break. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX405"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Variable:</U> const char * <B>rl_completer_word_break_characters</B> +<DD>The list of characters that signal a break between words for +<CODE>rl_complete_internal()</CODE>. The default list is the value of +<CODE>rl_basic_word_break_characters</CODE>. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX406"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_cpvfunc_t * <B>rl_completion_word_break_hook</B> +<DD>If non-zero, this is the address of a function to call when Readline is +deciding where to separate words for word completion. It should return +a character string like <CODE>rl_completer_word_break_characters</CODE> to be +used to perform the current completion. The function may choose to set +<CODE>rl_completer_word_break_characters</CODE> itself. If the function +returns <CODE>NULL</CODE>, <CODE>rl_completer_word_break_characters</CODE> is used. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX407"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Variable:</U> const char * <B>rl_completer_quote_characters</B> +<DD>A list of characters which can be used to quote a substring of the line. +Completion occurs on the entire substring, and within the substring +<CODE>rl_completer_word_break_characters</CODE> are treated as any other character, +unless they also appear within this list. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX408"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Variable:</U> const char * <B>rl_filename_quote_characters</B> +<DD>A list of characters that cause a filename to be quoted by the completer +when they appear in a completed filename. The default is the null string. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX409"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Variable:</U> const char * <B>rl_special_prefixes</B> +<DD>The list of characters that are word break characters, but should be +left in <VAR>text</VAR> when it is passed to the completion function. +Programs can use this to help determine what kind of completing to do. +For instance, Bash sets this variable to "$@" so that it can complete +shell variables and hostnames. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX410"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_completion_query_items</B> +<DD>Up to this many items will be displayed in response to a +possible-completions call. After that, readline asks the user if she is sure +she wants to see them all. The default value is 100. A negative value +indicates that Readline should never ask the user. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX411"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_completion_append_character</B> +<DD>When a single completion alternative matches at the end of the command +line, this character is appended to the inserted completion text. The +default is a space character (<SAMP>` '</SAMP>). Setting this to the null +character (<SAMP>`\0'</SAMP>) prevents anything being appended automatically. +This can be changed in application-specific completion functions to +provide the "most sensible word separator character" according to +an application-specific command line syntax specification. +It is set to the default before any application-specific completion function +is called, and may only be changed within such a function. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX412"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_completion_suppress_append</B> +<DD>If non-zero, <VAR>rl_completion_append_character</VAR> is not appended to +matches at the end of the command line, as described above. +It is set to 0 before any application-specific completion function +is called, and may only be changed within such a function. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX413"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_completion_quote_character</B> +<DD>When Readline is completing quoted text, as delimited by one of the +characters in <VAR>rl_completer_quote_characters</VAR>, it sets this variable +to the quoting character found. +This is set before any application-specific completion function is called. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX414"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_completion_suppress_quote</B> +<DD>If non-zero, Readline does not append a matching quote character when +performing completion on a quoted string. +It is set to 0 before any application-specific completion function +is called, and may only be changed within such a function. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX415"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_completion_found_quote</B> +<DD>When Readline is completing quoted text, it sets this variable +to a non-zero value if the word being completed contains or is delimited +by any quoting characters, including backslashes. +This is set before any application-specific completion function is called. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX416"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_completion_mark_symlink_dirs</B> +<DD>If non-zero, a slash will be appended to completed filenames that are +symbolic links to directory names, subject to the value of the +user-settable <VAR>mark-directories</VAR> variable. +This variable exists so that application-specific completion functions +can override the user's global preference (set via the +<VAR>mark-symlinked-directories</VAR> Readline variable) if appropriate. +This variable is set to the user's preference before any +application-specific completion function is called, so unless that +function modifies the value, the user's preferences are honored. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX417"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_ignore_completion_duplicates</B> +<DD>If non-zero, then duplicates in the matches are removed. +The default is 1. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX418"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_filename_completion_desired</B> +<DD>Non-zero means that the results of the matches are to be treated as +filenames. This is <EM>always</EM> zero when completion is attempted, +and can only be changed +within an application-specific completion function. If it is set to a +non-zero value by such a function, directory names have a slash appended +and Readline attempts to quote completed filenames if they contain any +characters in <CODE>rl_filename_quote_characters</CODE> and +<CODE>rl_filename_quoting_desired</CODE> is set to a non-zero value. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX419"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_filename_quoting_desired</B> +<DD>Non-zero means that the results of the matches are to be quoted using +double quotes (or an application-specific quoting mechanism) if the +completed filename contains any characters in +<CODE>rl_filename_quote_chars</CODE>. This is <EM>always</EM> non-zero +when completion is attempted, and can only be changed within an +application-specific completion function. +The quoting is effected via a call to the function pointed to +by <CODE>rl_filename_quoting_function</CODE>. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX420"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_attempted_completion_over</B> +<DD>If an application-specific completion function assigned to +<CODE>rl_attempted_completion_function</CODE> sets this variable to a non-zero +value, Readline will not perform its default filename completion even +if the application's completion function returns no matches. +It should be set only by an application's completion function. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX421"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_sort_completion_matches</B> +<DD>If an application sets this variable to 0, Readline will not sort the +list of completions (which implies that it cannot remove any duplicate +completions). The default value is 1, which means that Readline will +sort the completions and, depending on the value of +<CODE>rl_ignore_completion_duplicates</CODE>, will attempt to remove duplicate +matches. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX422"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_completion_type</B> +<DD>Set to a character describing the type of completion Readline is currently +attempting; see the description of <CODE>rl_complete_internal()</CODE> +(see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC47">2.6.2 Completion Functions</A>) for the list of characters. +This is set to the appropriate value before any application-specific +completion function is called, allowing such functions to present +the same interface as <CODE>rl_complete()</CODE>. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX423"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_completion_invoking_key</B> +<DD>Set to the final character in the key sequence that invoked one of the +completion functions that call <CODE>rl_complete_internal()</CODE>. This is +set to the appropriate value before any application-specific completion +function is called. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="IDX424"></A> +<DL> +<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_inhibit_completion</B> +<DD>If this variable is non-zero, completion is inhibited. The completion +character will be inserted as any other bound to <CODE>self-insert</CODE>. +</DL> +</P><P> + +<A NAME="A Short Completion Example"></A> +<HR SIZE="6"> +<A NAME="SEC49"></A> +<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0> +<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC48"> < </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC50"> > </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[ << ]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC45"> Up </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC50"> >> </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD> +</TR></TABLE> +<H3> 2.6.4 A Short Completion Example </H3> +<!--docid::SEC49::--> +<P> + +Here is a small application demonstrating the use of the GNU Readline +library. It is called <CODE>fileman</CODE>, and the source code resides in +<TT>`examples/fileman.c'</TT>. This sample application provides +completion of command names, line editing features, and access to the +history list. +</P><P> + +<TABLE><tr><td> </td><td class=smallexample><FONT SIZE=-1><pre>/* fileman.c -- A tiny application which demonstrates how to use the + GNU Readline library. This application interactively allows users + to manipulate files and their modes. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#include <sys/types.h> +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_FILE_H +# include <sys/file.h> +#endif +#include <sys/stat.h> + +#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H +# include <unistd.h> +#endif + +#include <fcntl.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <errno.h> + +#if defined (HAVE_STRING_H) +# include <string.h> +#else /* !HAVE_STRING_H */ +# include <strings.h> +#endif /* !HAVE_STRING_H */ + +#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H +# include <stdlib.h> +#endif + +#include <time.h> + +#include <readline/readline.h> +#include <readline/history.h> + +extern char *xmalloc PARAMS((size_t)); + +/* The names of functions that actually do the manipulation. */ +int com_list PARAMS((char *)); +int com_view PARAMS((char *)); +int com_rename PARAMS((char *)); +int com_stat PARAMS((char *)); +int com_pwd PARAMS((char *)); +int com_delete PARAMS((char *)); +int com_help PARAMS((char *)); +int com_cd PARAMS((char *)); +int com_quit PARAMS((char *)); + +/* A structure which contains information on the commands this program + can understand. */ + +typedef struct { + char *name; /* User printable name of the function. */ + rl_icpfunc_t *func; /* Function to call to do the job. */ + char *doc; /* Documentation for this function. */ +} COMMAND; + +COMMAND commands[] = { + { "cd", com_cd, "Change to directory DIR" }, + { "delete", com_delete, "Delete FILE" }, + { "help", com_help, "Display this text" }, + { "?", com_help, "Synonym for `help'" }, + { "list", com_list, "List files in DIR" }, + { "ls", com_list, "Synonym for `list'" }, + { "pwd", com_pwd, "Print the current working directory" }, + { "quit", com_quit, "Quit using Fileman" }, + { "rename", com_rename, "Rename FILE to NEWNAME" }, + { "stat", com_stat, "Print out statistics on FILE" }, + { "view", com_view, "View the contents of FILE" }, + { (char *)NULL, (rl_icpfunc_t *)NULL, (char *)NULL } +}; + +/* Forward declarations. */ +char *stripwhite (); +COMMAND *find_command (); + +/* The name of this program, as taken from argv[0]. */ +char *progname; + +/* When non-zero, this global means the user is done using this program. */ +int done; + +char * +dupstr (s) + char *s; +{ + char *r; + + r = xmalloc (strlen (s) + 1); + strcpy (r, s); + return (r); +} + +main (argc, argv) + int argc; + char **argv; +{ + char *line, *s; + + progname = argv[0]; + + initialize_readline (); /* Bind our completer. */ + + /* Loop reading and executing lines until the user quits. */ + for ( ; done == 0; ) + { + line = readline ("FileMan: "); + + if (!line) + break; + + /* Remove leading and trailing whitespace from the line. + Then, if there is anything left, add it to the history list + and execute it. */ + s = stripwhite (line); + + if (*s) + { + add_history (s); + execute_line (s); + } + + free (line); + } + exit (0); +} + +/* Execute a command line. */ +int +execute_line (line) + char *line; +{ + register int i; + COMMAND *command; + char *word; + + /* Isolate the command word. */ + i = 0; + while (line[i] && whitespace (line[i])) + i++; + word = line + i; + + while (line[i] && !whitespace (line[i])) + i++; + + if (line[i]) + line[i++] = '\0'; + + command = find_command (word); + + if (!command) + { + fprintf (stderr, "%s: No such command for FileMan.\n", word); + return (-1); + } + + /* Get argument to command, if any. */ + while (whitespace (line[i])) + i++; + + word = line + i; + + /* Call the function. */ + return ((*(command->func)) (word)); +} + +/* Look up NAME as the name of a command, and return a pointer to that + command. Return a NULL pointer if NAME isn't a command name. */ +COMMAND * +find_command (name) + char *name; +{ + register int i; + + for (i = 0; commands[i].name; i++) + if (strcmp (name, commands[i].name) == 0) + return (&commands[i]); + + return ((COMMAND *)NULL); +} + +/* Strip whitespace from the start and end of STRING. Return a pointer + into STRING. */ +char * +stripwhite (string) + char *string; +{ + register char *s, *t; + + for (s = string; whitespace (*s); s++) + ; + + if (*s == 0) + return (s); + + t = s + strlen (s) - 1; + while (t > s && whitespace (*t)) + t--; + *++t = '\0'; + + return s; +} + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* Interface to Readline Completion */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +char *command_generator PARAMS((const char *, int)); +char **fileman_completion PARAMS((const char *, int, int)); + +/* Tell the GNU Readline library how to complete. We want to try to complete + on command names if this is the first word in the line, or on filenames + if not. */ +initialize_readline () +{ + /* Allow conditional parsing of the ~/.inputrc file. */ + rl_readline_name = "FileMan"; + + /* Tell the completer that we want a crack first. */ + rl_attempted_completion_function = fileman_completion; +} + +/* Attempt to complete on the contents of TEXT. START and END bound the + region of rl_line_buffer that contains the word to complete. TEXT is + the word to complete. We can use the entire contents of rl_line_buffer + in case we want to do some simple parsing. Return the array of matches, + or NULL if there aren't any. */ +char ** +fileman_completion (text, start, end) + const char *text; + int start, end; +{ + char **matches; + + matches = (char **)NULL; + + /* If this word is at the start of the line, then it is a command + to complete. Otherwise it is the name of a file in the current + directory. */ + if (start == 0) + matches = rl_completion_matches (text, command_generator); + + return (matches); +} + +/* Generator function for command completion. STATE lets us know whether + to start from scratch; without any state (i.e. STATE == 0), then we + start at the top of the list. */ +char * +command_generator (text, state) + const char *text; + int state; +{ + static int list_index, len; + char *name; + + /* If this is a new word to complete, initialize now. This includes + saving the length of TEXT for efficiency, and initializing the index + variable to 0. */ + if (!state) + { + list_index = 0; + len = strlen (text); + } + + /* Return the next name which partially matches from the command list. */ + while (name = commands[list_index].name) + { + list_index++; + + if (strncmp (name, text, len) == 0) + return (dupstr(name)); + } + + /* If no names matched, then return NULL. */ + return ((char *)NULL); +} + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* FileMan Commands */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +/* String to pass to system (). This is for the LIST, VIEW and RENAME + commands. */ +static char syscom[1024]; + +/* List the file(s) named in arg. */ +com_list (arg) + char *arg; +{ + if (!arg) + arg = ""; + + sprintf (syscom, "ls -FClg %s", arg); + return (system (syscom)); +} + +com_view (arg) + char *arg; +{ + if (!valid_argument ("view", arg)) + return 1; + +#if defined (__MSDOS__) + /* more.com doesn't grok slashes in pathnames */ + sprintf (syscom, "less %s", arg); +#else + sprintf (syscom, "more %s", arg); +#endif + return (system (syscom)); +} + +com_rename (arg) + char *arg; +{ + too_dangerous ("rename"); + return (1); +} + +com_stat (arg) + char *arg; +{ + struct stat finfo; + + if (!valid_argument ("stat", arg)) + return (1); + + if (stat (arg, &finfo) == -1) + { + perror (arg); + return (1); + } + + printf ("Statistics for `%s':\n", arg); + + printf ("%s has %d link%s, and is %d byte%s in length.\n", + arg, + finfo.st_nlink, + (finfo.st_nlink == 1) ? "" : "s", + finfo.st_size, + (finfo.st_size == 1) ? "" : "s"); + printf ("Inode Last Change at: %s", ctime (&finfo.st_ctime)); + printf (" Last access at: %s", ctime (&finfo.st_atime)); + printf (" Last modified at: %s", ctime (&finfo.st_mtime)); + return (0); +} + +com_delete (arg) + char *arg; +{ + too_dangerous ("delete"); + return (1); +} + +/* Print out help for ARG, or for all of the commands if ARG is + not present. */ +com_help (arg) + char *arg; +{ + register int i; + int printed = 0; + + for (i = 0; commands[i].name; i++) + { + if (!*arg || (strcmp (arg, commands[i].name) == 0)) + { + printf ("%s\t\t%s.\n", commands[i].name, commands[i].doc); + printed++; + } + } + + if (!printed) + { + printf ("No commands match `%s'. Possibilities are:\n", arg); + + for (i = 0; commands[i].name; i++) + { + /* Print in six columns. */ + if (printed == 6) + { + printed = 0; + printf ("\n"); + } + + printf ("%s\t", commands[i].name); + printed++; + } + + if (printed) + printf ("\n"); + } + return (0); +} + +/* Change to the directory ARG. */ +com_cd (arg) + char *arg; +{ + if (chdir (arg) == -1) + { + perror (arg); + return 1; + } + + com_pwd (""); + return (0); +} + +/* Print out the current working directory. */ +com_pwd (ignore) + char *ignore; +{ + char dir[1024], *s; + + s = getcwd (dir, sizeof(dir) - 1); + if (s == 0) + { + printf ("Error getting pwd: %s\n", dir); + return 1; + } + + printf ("Current directory is %s\n", dir); + return 0; +} + +/* The user wishes to quit using this program. Just set DONE non-zero. */ +com_quit (arg) + char *arg; +{ + done = 1; + return (0); +} + +/* Function which tells you that you can't do this. */ +too_dangerous (caller) + char *caller; +{ + fprintf (stderr, + "%s: Too dangerous for me to distribute. Write it yourself.\n", + caller); +} + +/* Return non-zero if ARG is a valid argument for CALLER, else print + an error message and return zero. */ +int +valid_argument (caller, arg) + char *caller, *arg; +{ + if (!arg || !*arg) + { + fprintf (stderr, "%s: Argument required.\n", caller); + return (0); + } + + return (1); +} +</FONT></pre></td></tr></table></P><P> + +<A NAME="GNU Free Documentation License"></A> +<HR SIZE="6"> +<A NAME="SEC50"></A> +<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0> +<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC49"> < </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52"> > </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC23"> << </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top"> Up </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[ >> ]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD> +</TR></TABLE> +<H1> A. GNU Free Documentation License </H1> +<!--docid::SEC50::--> +<P> + +<center> + Version 1.3, 3 November 2008 +</center> +</P><P> + +<TABLE><tr><td> </td><td class=display><pre style="font-family: serif">Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +<A HREF="http://fsf.org/">http://fsf.org/</A> + +Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies +of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. +</pre></td></tr></table></P><P> + +<OL> +<LI> +PREAMBLE +<P> + +The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other +functional and useful document <EM>free</EM> in the sense of freedom: to +assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, +with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. +Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way +to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible +for modifications made by others. +</P><P> + +This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative +works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It +complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft +license designed for free software. +</P><P> + +We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free +software, because free software needs free documentation: a free +program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the +software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals; +it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or +whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License +principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference. +</P><P> + +<LI> +APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS +<P> + +This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium, that +contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be +distributed under the terms of this License. Such a notice grants a +world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration, to use that +work under the conditions stated herein. The "Document", below, +refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the public is a +licensee, and is addressed as "you". You accept the license if you +copy, modify or distribute the work in a way requiring permission +under copyright law. +</P><P> + +A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the +Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with +modifications and/or translated into another language. +</P><P> + +A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section +of the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the +publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall +subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall +directly within that overall subject. (Thus, if the Document is in +part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain +any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical +connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal, +commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding +them. +</P><P> + +The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles +are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice +that says that the Document is released under this License. If a +section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it is not +allowed to be designated as Invariant. The Document may contain zero +Invariant Sections. If the Document does not identify any Invariant +Sections then there are none. +</P><P> + +The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed, +as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that +the Document is released under this License. A Front-Cover Text may +be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may be at most 25 words. +</P><P> + +A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy, +represented in a format whose specification is available to the +general public, that is suitable for revising the document +straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of +pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available +drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or +for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input +to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file +format whose markup, or absence of markup, has been arranged to thwart +or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. +An image format is not Transparent if used for any substantial amount +of text. A copy that is not "Transparent" is called "Opaque". +</P><P> + +Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain +ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input +format, <FONT SIZE="-1">SGML</FONT> or <FONT SIZE="-1">XML</FONT> using a publicly available +<FONT SIZE="-1">DTD</FONT>, and standard-conforming simple <FONT SIZE="-1">HTML</FONT>, +PostScript or <FONT SIZE="-1">PDF</FONT> designed for human modification. Examples +of transparent image formats include <FONT SIZE="-1">PNG</FONT>, <FONT SIZE="-1">XCF</FONT> and +<FONT SIZE="-1">JPG</FONT>. Opaque formats include proprietary formats that can be +read and edited only by proprietary word processors, <FONT SIZE="-1">SGML</FONT> or +<FONT SIZE="-1">XML</FONT> for which the <FONT SIZE="-1">DTD</FONT> and/or processing tools are +not generally available, and the machine-generated <FONT SIZE="-1">HTML</FONT>, +PostScript or <FONT SIZE="-1">PDF</FONT> produced by some word processors for +output purposes only. +</P><P> + +The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself, +plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material +this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in +formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means +the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title, +preceding the beginning of the body of the text. +</P><P> + +The "publisher" means any person or entity that distributes copies +of the Document to the public. +</P><P> + +A section "Entitled XYZ" means a named subunit of the Document whose +title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses following +text that translates XYZ in another language. (Here XYZ stands for a +specific section name mentioned below, such as "Acknowledgements", +"Dedications", "Endorsements", or "History".) To "Preserve the Title" +of such a section when you modify the Document means that it remains a +section "Entitled XYZ" according to this definition. +</P><P> + +The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice which +states that this License applies to the Document. These Warranty +Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in this +License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other +implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and has +no effect on the meaning of this License. +</P><P> + +<LI> +VERBATIM COPYING +<P> + +You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either +commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the +copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies +to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other +conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use +technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further +copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept +compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough +number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3. +</P><P> + +You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and +you may publicly display copies. +</P><P> + +<LI> +COPYING IN QUANTITY +<P> + +If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly have +printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and the +Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the +copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover +Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on +the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify +you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present +the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and +visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition. +Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve +the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated +as verbatim copying in other respects. +</P><P> + +If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit +legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit +reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent +pages. +</P><P> + +If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering +more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent +copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy +a computer-network location from which the general network-using +public has access to download using public-standard network protocols +a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material. +If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, +when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure +that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated +location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an +Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that +edition to the public. +</P><P> + +It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the +Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give +them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document. +</P><P> + +<LI> +MODIFICATIONS +<P> + +You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under +the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release +the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified +Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution +and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy +of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version: +</P><P> + +<OL> +<LI> +Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct +from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions +(which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section +of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version +if the original publisher of that version gives permission. +<P> + +<LI> +List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities +responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified +Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the +Document (all of its principal authors, if it has fewer than five), +unless they release you from this requirement. +<P> + +<LI> +State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the +Modified Version, as the publisher. +<P> + +<LI> +Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document. +<P> + +<LI> +Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications +adjacent to the other copyright notices. +<P> + +<LI> +Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice +giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the +terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below. +<P> + +<LI> +Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections +and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice. +<P> + +<LI> +Include an unaltered copy of this License. +<P> + +<LI> +Preserve the section Entitled "History", Preserve its Title, and add +to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and +publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If +there is no section Entitled "History" in the Document, create one +stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as +given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified +Version as stated in the previous sentence. +<P> + +<LI> +Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for +public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise +the network locations given in the Document for previous versions +it was based on. These may be placed in the "History" section. +You may omit a network location for a work that was published at +least four years before the Document itself, or if the original +publisher of the version it refers to gives permission. +<P> + +<LI> +For any section Entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications", Preserve +the Title of the section, and preserve in the section all the +substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or +dedications given therein. +<P> + +<LI> +Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, +unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers +or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles. +<P> + +<LI> +Delete any section Entitled "Endorsements". Such a section +may not be included in the Modified Version. +<P> + +<LI> +Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled "Endorsements" or +to conflict in title with any Invariant Section. +<P> + +<LI> +Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers. +</OL> +<P> + +If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or +appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material +copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all +of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the +list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice. +These titles must be distinct from any other section titles. +</P><P> + +You may add a section Entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains +nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various +parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has +been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a +standard. +</P><P> + +You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a +passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list +of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of +Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or +through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already +includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or +by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, +you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit +permission from the previous publisher that added the old one. +</P><P> + +The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License +give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or +imply endorsement of any Modified Version. +</P><P> + +<LI> +COMBINING DOCUMENTS +<P> + +You may combine the Document with other documents released under this +License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified +versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the +Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and +list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its +license notice, and that you preserve all their Warranty Disclaimers. +</P><P> + +The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and +multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single +copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but +different contents, make the title of each such section unique by +adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original +author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number. +Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of +Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work. +</P><P> + +In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled "History" +in the various original documents, forming one section Entitled +"History"; likewise combine any sections Entitled "Acknowledgements", +and any sections Entitled "Dedications". You must delete all +sections Entitled "Endorsements." +</P><P> + +<LI> +COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS +<P> + +You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents +released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this +License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in +the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for +verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects. +</P><P> + +You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute +it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this +License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all +other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document. +</P><P> + +<LI> +AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS +<P> + +A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate +and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or +distribution medium, is called an "aggregate" if the copyright +resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the legal rights +of the compilation's users beyond what the individual works permit. +When the Document is included in an aggregate, this License does not +apply to the other works in the aggregate which are not themselves +derivative works of the Document. +</P><P> + +If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these +copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one half of +the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on +covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the +electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic form. +Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket the whole +aggregate. +</P><P> + +<LI> +TRANSLATION +<P> + +Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may +distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4. +Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special +permission from their copyright holders, but you may include +translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the +original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a +translation of this License, and all the license notices in the +Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers, provided that you also include +the original English version of this License and the original versions +of those notices and disclaimers. In case of a disagreement between +the translation and the original version of this License or a notice +or disclaimer, the original version will prevail. +</P><P> + +If a section in the Document is Entitled "Acknowledgements", +"Dedications", or "History", the requirement (section 4) to Preserve +its Title (section 1) will typically require changing the actual +title. +</P><P> + +<LI> +TERMINATION +<P> + +You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute it is void, and +will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +</P><P> + +However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your license +from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a) provisionally, +unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and finally +terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright holder +fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means prior to +60 days after the cessation. +</P><P> + +Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is +reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the +violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have +received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that +copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after +your receipt of the notice. +</P><P> + +Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the +licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under +this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently +reinstated, receipt of a copy of some or all of the same material does +not give you any rights to use it. +</P><P> + +<LI> +FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE +<P> + +The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions +of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new +versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may +differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See +<A HREF="http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/">http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/</A>. +</P><P> + +Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. +If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this +License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of +following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or +of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the +Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version +number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not +as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the Document +specifies that a proxy can decide which future versions of this +License can be used, that proxy's public statement of acceptance of a +version permanently authorizes you to choose that version for the +Document. +</P><P> + +<LI> +RELICENSING +<P> + +"Massive Multiauthor Collaboration Site" (or "MMC Site") means any +World Wide Web server that publishes copyrightable works and also +provides prominent facilities for anybody to edit those works. A +public wiki that anybody can edit is an example of such a server. A +"Massive Multiauthor Collaboration" (or "MMC") contained in the +site means any set of copyrightable works thus published on the MMC +site. +</P><P> + +"CC-BY-SA" means the Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 +license published by Creative Commons Corporation, a not-for-profit +corporation with a principal place of business in San Francisco, +California, as well as future copyleft versions of that license +published by that same organization. +</P><P> + +"Incorporate" means to publish or republish a Document, in whole or +in part, as part of another Document. +</P><P> + +An MMC is "eligible for relicensing" if it is licensed under this +License, and if all works that were first published under this License +somewhere other than this MMC, and subsequently incorporated in whole +or in part into the MMC, (1) had no cover texts or invariant sections, +and (2) were thus incorporated prior to November 1, 2008. +</P><P> + +The operator of an MMC Site may republish an MMC contained in the site +under CC-BY-SA on the same site at any time before August 1, 2009, +provided the MMC is eligible for relicensing. +</P><P> + +</OL> +<P> + +<A NAME="SEC51"></A> +<H2> ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents </H2> +<!--docid::SEC51::--> +<P> + +To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of +the License in the document and put the following copyright and +license notices just after the title page: +</P><P> + +<TABLE><tr><td> </td><td class=smallexample><FONT SIZE=-1><pre> Copyright (C) <VAR>year</VAR> <VAR>your name</VAR>. + Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document + under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 + or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; + with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover + Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU + Free Documentation License''. +</FONT></pre></td></tr></table></P><P> + +If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover Texts, +replace the "with<small>...</small>Texts." line with this: +</P><P> + +<TABLE><tr><td> </td><td class=smallexample><FONT SIZE=-1><pre> with the Invariant Sections being <VAR>list their titles</VAR>, with + the Front-Cover Texts being <VAR>list</VAR>, and with the Back-Cover Texts + being <VAR>list</VAR>. +</FONT></pre></td></tr></table></P><P> + +If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other +combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit the +situation. +</P><P> + +If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we +recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of +free software license, such as the GNU General Public License, +to permit their use in free software. +</P><P> + +<A NAME="Concept Index"></A> +<HR SIZE="6"> +<A NAME="SEC52"></A> +<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0> +<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC50"> < </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC53"> > </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[ << ]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top"> Up </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[ >> ]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD> +</TR></TABLE> +<H1> Concept Index </H1> +<!--docid::SEC52::--> +<table><tr><th valign=top>Jump to: </th><td><A HREF="readline.html#cp_A" style="text-decoration:none"><b>A</b></A> + +<A HREF="readline.html#cp_C" style="text-decoration:none"><b>C</b></A> + +<A HREF="readline.html#cp_E" style="text-decoration:none"><b>E</b></A> + +<A HREF="readline.html#cp_I" style="text-decoration:none"><b>I</b></A> + +<A HREF="readline.html#cp_K" style="text-decoration:none"><b>K</b></A> + +<A HREF="readline.html#cp_N" style="text-decoration:none"><b>N</b></A> + +<A HREF="readline.html#cp_R" style="text-decoration:none"><b>R</b></A> + +<A HREF="readline.html#cp_V" style="text-decoration:none"><b>V</b></A> + +<A HREF="readline.html#cp_Y" style="text-decoration:none"><b>Y</b></A> + +</td></tr></table><br><P></P> +<TABLE border=0> +<TR><TD></TD><TH ALIGN=LEFT>Index Entry</TH><TH ALIGN=LEFT> Section</TH></TR> +<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR> +<TR><TH><A NAME="cp_A"></A>A</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC45">application-specific completion functions</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC45">2.6 Custom Completers</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR> +<TR><TH><A NAME="cp_C"></A>C</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC4">command editing</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC4">1.2.1 Readline Bare Essentials</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR> +<TR><TH><A NAME="cp_E"></A>E</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC4">editing command lines</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC4">1.2.1 Readline Bare Essentials</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR> +<TR><TH><A NAME="cp_I"></A>I</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC9">initialization file, readline</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC9">1.3 Readline Init File</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC3">interaction, readline</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC3">1.2 Readline Interaction</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR> +<TR><TH><A NAME="cp_K"></A>K</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX3">kill ring</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC6">1.2.3 Readline Killing Commands</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX1">killing text</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC6">1.2.3 Readline Killing Commands</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR> +<TR><TH><A NAME="cp_N"></A>N</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC4">notation, readline</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC4">1.2.1 Readline Bare Essentials</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR> +<TR><TH><A NAME="cp_R"></A>R</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX220">readline, function</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC24">2.1 Basic Behavior</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR> +<TR><TH><A NAME="cp_V"></A>V</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX4">variables, readline</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR> +<TR><TH><A NAME="cp_Y"></A>Y</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX2">yanking text</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC6">1.2.3 Readline Killing Commands</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR> +</TABLE><P></P><table><tr><th valign=top>Jump to: </th><td><A HREF="readline.html#cp_A" style="text-decoration:none"><b>A</b></A> + +<A HREF="readline.html#cp_C" style="text-decoration:none"><b>C</b></A> + +<A HREF="readline.html#cp_E" style="text-decoration:none"><b>E</b></A> + +<A HREF="readline.html#cp_I" style="text-decoration:none"><b>I</b></A> + +<A HREF="readline.html#cp_K" style="text-decoration:none"><b>K</b></A> + +<A HREF="readline.html#cp_N" style="text-decoration:none"><b>N</b></A> + +<A HREF="readline.html#cp_R" style="text-decoration:none"><b>R</b></A> + +<A HREF="readline.html#cp_V" style="text-decoration:none"><b>V</b></A> + +<A HREF="readline.html#cp_Y" style="text-decoration:none"><b>Y</b></A> + +</td></tr></table><br><P> + +<A NAME="Function and Variable Index"></A> +<HR SIZE="6"> +<A NAME="SEC53"></A> +<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0> +<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52"> < </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[ > ]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[ << ]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top"> Up </A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[ >> ]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD> +</TR></TABLE> +<H1> Function and Variable Index </H1> +<!--docid::SEC53::--> +<table><tr><th valign=top>Jump to: </th><td><A HREF="readline.html#fn__" style="text-decoration:none"><b>_</b></A> + +<BR> +<A HREF="readline.html#fn_A" style="text-decoration:none"><b>A</b></A> + +<A HREF="readline.html#fn_B" style="text-decoration:none"><b>B</b></A> + +<A HREF="readline.html#fn_C" style="text-decoration:none"><b>C</b></A> + +<A HREF="readline.html#fn_D" style="text-decoration:none"><b>D</b></A> + +<A HREF="readline.html#fn_E" style="text-decoration:none"><b>E</b></A> + +<A HREF="readline.html#fn_F" style="text-decoration:none"><b>F</b></A> + +<A HREF="readline.html#fn_H" style="text-decoration:none"><b>H</b></A> + +<A HREF="readline.html#fn_I" style="text-decoration:none"><b>I</b></A> + +<A HREF="readline.html#fn_K" style="text-decoration:none"><b>K</b></A> + +<A HREF="readline.html#fn_M" style="text-decoration:none"><b>M</b></A> + +<A HREF="readline.html#fn_N" style="text-decoration:none"><b>N</b></A> + +<A HREF="readline.html#fn_O" style="text-decoration:none"><b>O</b></A> + +<A HREF="readline.html#fn_P" style="text-decoration:none"><b>P</b></A> + +<A HREF="readline.html#fn_Q" style="text-decoration:none"><b>Q</b></A> + +<A HREF="readline.html#fn_R" style="text-decoration:none"><b>R</b></A> + +<A HREF="readline.html#fn_S" style="text-decoration:none"><b>S</b></A> + +<A HREF="readline.html#fn_T" style="text-decoration:none"><b>T</b></A> + +<A HREF="readline.html#fn_U" style="text-decoration:none"><b>U</b></A> + +<A HREF="readline.html#fn_V" style="text-decoration:none"><b>V</b></A> + +<A HREF="readline.html#fn_Y" style="text-decoration:none"><b>Y</b></A> + +</td></tr></table><br><P></P> +<TABLE border=0> +<TR><TD></TD><TH ALIGN=LEFT>Index Entry</TH><TH ALIGN=LEFT> Section</TH></TR> +<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR> +<TR><TH><A NAME="fn__"></A>_</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX346"><CODE>_rl_digit_p</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX349"><CODE>_rl_digit_value</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX345"><CODE>_rl_lowercase_p</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX348"><CODE>_rl_to_lower</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX347"><CODE>_rl_to_upper</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX344"><CODE>_rl_uppercase_p</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR> +<TR><TH><A NAME="fn_A"></A>A</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX185"><CODE>abort (C-g)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX186"><CODE>abort (C-g)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX67"><CODE>accept-line (Newline or Return)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX68"><CODE>accept-line (Newline or Return)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR> +<TR><TH><A NAME="fn_B"></A>B</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX51"><CODE>backward-char (C-b)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX52"><CODE>backward-char (C-b)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX103"><CODE>backward-delete-char (Rubout)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX104"><CODE>backward-delete-char (Rubout)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX129"><CODE>backward-kill-line (C-x Rubout)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX130"><CODE>backward-kill-line (C-x Rubout)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX137"><CODE>backward-kill-word (M-<KBD>DEL</KBD>)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX138"><CODE>backward-kill-word (M-<KBD>DEL</KBD>)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX55"><CODE>backward-word (M-b)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX56"><CODE>backward-word (M-b)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX73"><CODE>beginning-of-history (M-&#60;)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX74"><CODE>beginning-of-history (M-&#60;)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX45"><CODE>beginning-of-line (C-a)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX46"><CODE>beginning-of-line (C-a)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX5">bell-style</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX6">bind-tty-special-chars</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX7">blink-matching-paren</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX113"><CODE>bracketed-paste-begin ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX114"><CODE>bracketed-paste-begin ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR> +<TR><TH><A NAME="fn_C"></A>C</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX179"><CODE>call-last-kbd-macro (C-x e)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC20">1.4.7 Keyboard Macros</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX180"><CODE>call-last-kbd-macro (C-x e)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC20">1.4.7 Keyboard Macros</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX123"><CODE>capitalize-word (M-c)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX124"><CODE>capitalize-word (M-c)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX201"><CODE>character-search (C-])</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX202"><CODE>character-search (C-])</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX203"><CODE>character-search-backward (M-C-])</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX204"><CODE>character-search-backward (M-C-])</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX61"><CODE>clear-display (M-C-l)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX62"><CODE>clear-display (M-C-l)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX63"><CODE>clear-screen (C-l)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX64"><CODE>clear-screen (C-l)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX8">colored-completion-prefix</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX9">colored-stats</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX10">comment-begin</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX163"><CODE>complete (<KBD>TAB</KBD>)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC19">1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX164"><CODE>complete (<KBD>TAB</KBD>)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC19">1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX11">completion-display-width</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX12">completion-ignore-case</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX13">completion-map-case</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX14">completion-prefix-display-length</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX15">completion-query-items</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX16">convert-meta</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX151"><CODE>copy-backward-word ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX152"><CODE>copy-backward-word ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX153"><CODE>copy-forward-word ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX154"><CODE>copy-forward-word ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX149"><CODE>copy-region-as-kill ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX150"><CODE>copy-region-as-kill ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR> +<TR><TH><A NAME="fn_D"></A>D</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX101"><CODE>delete-char (C-d)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX102"><CODE>delete-char (C-d)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX173"><CODE>delete-char-or-list ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC19">1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX174"><CODE>delete-char-or-list ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC19">1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX145"><CODE>delete-horizontal-space ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX146"><CODE>delete-horizontal-space ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX159"><CODE>digit-argument (<KBD>M-0</KBD>, <KBD>M-1</KBD>, <small>...</small> <KBD>M--</KBD>)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC18">1.4.5 Specifying Numeric Arguments</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX160"><CODE>digit-argument (<KBD>M-0</KBD>, <KBD>M-1</KBD>, <small>...</small> <KBD>M--</KBD>)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC18">1.4.5 Specifying Numeric Arguments</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX17">disable-completion</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX187"><CODE>do-lowercase-version (M-A, M-B, M-<VAR>x</VAR>, <small>...</small>)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX188"><CODE>do-lowercase-version (M-A, M-B, M-<VAR>x</VAR>, <small>...</small>)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX121"><CODE>downcase-word (M-l)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX122"><CODE>downcase-word (M-l)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX209"><CODE>dump-functions ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX210"><CODE>dump-functions ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX213"><CODE>dump-macros ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX214"><CODE>dump-macros ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX211"><CODE>dump-variables ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX212"><CODE>dump-variables ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR> +<TR><TH><A NAME="fn_E"></A>E</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX18">echo-control-characters</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX19">editing-mode</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX215"><CODE>emacs-editing-mode (C-e)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX216"><CODE>emacs-editing-mode (C-e)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX20">emacs-mode-string</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX21">enable-bracketed-paste</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX22">enable-keypad</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX177"><CODE>end-kbd-macro (C-x ))</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC20">1.4.7 Keyboard Macros</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX178"><CODE>end-kbd-macro (C-x ))</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC20">1.4.7 Keyboard Macros</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX99"><CODE><I>end-of-file</I> (usually C-d)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX100"><CODE><I>end-of-file</I> (usually C-d)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX75"><CODE>end-of-history (M-&#62;)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX76"><CODE>end-of-history (M-&#62;)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX47"><CODE>end-of-line (C-e)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX48"><CODE>end-of-line (C-e)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX199"><CODE>exchange-point-and-mark (C-x C-x)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX200"><CODE>exchange-point-and-mark (C-x C-x)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX23">expand-tilde</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR> +<TR><TH><A NAME="fn_F"></A>F</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX105"><CODE>forward-backward-delete-char ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX106"><CODE>forward-backward-delete-char ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX49"><CODE>forward-char (C-f)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX50"><CODE>forward-char (C-f)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX79"><CODE>forward-search-history (C-s)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX80"><CODE>forward-search-history (C-s)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX53"><CODE>forward-word (M-f)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX54"><CODE>forward-word (M-f)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR> +<TR><TH><A NAME="fn_H"></A>H</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX24">history-preserve-point</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX87"><CODE>history-search-backward ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX88"><CODE>history-search-backward ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX85"><CODE>history-search-forward ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX86"><CODE>history-search-forward ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX25">history-size</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX91"><CODE>history-substring-search-backward ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX92"><CODE>history-substring-search-backward ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX89"><CODE>history-substring-search-forward ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX90"><CODE>history-substring-search-forward ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX26">horizontal-scroll-mode</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR> +<TR><TH><A NAME="fn_I"></A>I</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX27">input-meta</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX207"><CODE>insert-comment (M-#)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX208"><CODE>insert-comment (M-#)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX167"><CODE>insert-completions (M-*)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC19">1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX168"><CODE>insert-completions (M-*)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC19">1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX29">isearch-terminators</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR> +<TR><TH><A NAME="fn_K"></A>K</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX30">keymap</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX127"><CODE>kill-line (C-k)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX128"><CODE>kill-line (C-k)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX147"><CODE>kill-region ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX148"><CODE>kill-region ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX133"><CODE>kill-whole-line ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX134"><CODE>kill-whole-line ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX135"><CODE>kill-word (M-d)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX136"><CODE>kill-word (M-d)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR> +<TR><TH><A NAME="fn_M"></A>M</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX31">mark-modified-lines</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX32">mark-symlinked-directories</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX33">match-hidden-files</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX169"><CODE>menu-complete ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC19">1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX170"><CODE>menu-complete ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC19">1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX171"><CODE>menu-complete-backward ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC19">1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX172"><CODE>menu-complete-backward ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC19">1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX34">menu-complete-display-prefix</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX28">meta-flag</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR> +<TR><TH><A NAME="fn_N"></A>N</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX71"><CODE>next-history (C-n)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX72"><CODE>next-history (C-n)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX59"><CODE>next-screen-line ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX60"><CODE>next-screen-line ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX83"><CODE>non-incremental-forward-search-history (M-n)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX84"><CODE>non-incremental-forward-search-history (M-n)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX81"><CODE>non-incremental-reverse-search-history (M-p)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX82"><CODE>non-incremental-reverse-search-history (M-p)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR> +<TR><TH><A NAME="fn_O"></A>O</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX97"><CODE>operate-and-get-next (C-o)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX98"><CODE>operate-and-get-next (C-o)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX35">output-meta</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX125"><CODE>overwrite-mode ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX126"><CODE>overwrite-mode ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR> +<TR><TH><A NAME="fn_P"></A>P</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX36">page-completions</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX165"><CODE>possible-completions (M-?)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC19">1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX166"><CODE>possible-completions (M-?)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC19">1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX189"><CODE>prefix-meta (<KBD>ESC</KBD>)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX190"><CODE>prefix-meta (<KBD>ESC</KBD>)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX69"><CODE>previous-history (C-p)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX70"><CODE>previous-history (C-p)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX57"><CODE>previous-screen-line ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX58"><CODE>previous-screen-line ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX181"><CODE>print-last-kbd-macro ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC20">1.4.7 Keyboard Macros</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX182"><CODE>print-last-kbd-macro ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC20">1.4.7 Keyboard Macros</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR> +<TR><TH><A NAME="fn_Q"></A>Q</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX107"><CODE>quoted-insert (C-q or C-v)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX108"><CODE>quoted-insert (C-q or C-v)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR> +<TR><TH><A NAME="fn_R"></A>R</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX183"><CODE>re-read-init-file (C-x C-r)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX184"><CODE>re-read-init-file (C-x C-r)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX219"><CODE>readline</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC24">2.1 Basic Behavior</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX65"><CODE>redraw-current-line ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX66"><CODE>redraw-current-line ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX77"><CODE>reverse-search-history (C-r)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX78"><CODE>reverse-search-history (C-r)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX37">revert-all-at-newline</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX193"><CODE>revert-line (M-r)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX194"><CODE>revert-line (M-r)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX358"><CODE>rl_activate_mark</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC40">2.4.11 Miscellaneous Functions</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX261"><CODE>rl_add_defun</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC30">2.4.1 Naming a Function</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX297"><CODE>rl_add_funmap_entry</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC33">2.4.4 Associating Function Names and Bindings</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX300"><CODE>rl_add_undo</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC34">2.4.5 Allowing Undoing</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX342"><CODE>rl_alphabetic</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX232">rl_already_prompted</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX393">rl_attempted_completion_function</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX420">rl_attempted_completion_over</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX404">rl_basic_quote_characters</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX403">rl_basic_word_break_characters</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX298"><CODE>rl_begin_undo_group</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC34">2.4.5 Allowing Undoing</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX273"><CODE>rl_bind_key</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX275"><CODE>rl_bind_key_if_unbound</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX276"><CODE>rl_bind_key_if_unbound_in_map</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX274"><CODE>rl_bind_key_in_map</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX281"><CODE>rl_bind_keyseq</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX284"><CODE>rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX285"><CODE>rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound_in_map</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX282"><CODE>rl_bind_keyseq_in_map</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX252">rl_binding_keymap</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX362"><CODE>rl_callback_handler_install</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC41">2.4.12 Alternate Interface</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX365"><CODE>rl_callback_handler_remove</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC41">2.4.12 Alternate Interface</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX363"><CODE>rl_callback_read_char</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC41">2.4.12 Alternate Interface</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX364"><CODE>rl_callback_sigcleanup</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC41">2.4.12 Alternate Interface</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX366">rl_catch_signals</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX367">rl_catch_sigwinch</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX369">rl_change_environment</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX396">rl_char_is_quoted_p</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX374"><CODE>rl_check_signals</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX371"><CODE>rl_cleanup_after_signal</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX357"><CODE>rl_clear_history</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC40">2.4.11 Miscellaneous Functions</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX313"><CODE>rl_clear_message</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX327"><CODE>rl_clear_pending_input</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC37">2.4.8 Character Input</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX381"><CODE>rl_clear_signals</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX308"><CODE>rl_clear_visible_line</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX382"><CODE>rl_complete</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC46">2.6.1 How Completing Works</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX385"><CODE>rl_complete</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC47">2.6.2 Completion Functions</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX384"><CODE>rl_complete_internal</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC47">2.6.2 Completion Functions</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX407">rl_completer_quote_characters</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX405">rl_completer_word_break_characters</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX411">rl_completion_append_character</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX402">rl_completion_display_matches_hook</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX383">rl_completion_entry_function</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC46">2.6.1 How Completing Works</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX392">rl_completion_entry_function</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX415">rl_completion_found_quote</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX423">rl_completion_invoking_key</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX416">rl_completion_mark_symlink_dirs</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX389"><CODE>rl_completion_matches</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC47">2.6.2 Completion Functions</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX388"><CODE>rl_completion_mode</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC47">2.6.2 Completion Functions</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX410">rl_completion_query_items</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX413">rl_completion_quote_character</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX412">rl_completion_suppress_append</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX414">rl_completion_suppress_quote</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX422">rl_completion_type</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX406">rl_completion_word_break_hook</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX263"><CODE>rl_copy_keymap</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC31">2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX320"><CODE>rl_copy_text</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC36">2.4.7 Modifying Text</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX310"><CODE>rl_crlf</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX359"><CODE>rl_deactivate_mark</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC40">2.4.11 Miscellaneous Functions</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX319"><CODE>rl_delete_text</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC36">2.4.7 Modifying Text</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX250">rl_deprep_term_function</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX330"><CODE>rl_deprep_terminal</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC38">2.4.9 Terminal Management</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX341"><CODE>rl_ding</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX398">rl_directory_completion_hook</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX399">rl_directory_rewrite_hook;</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX265"><CODE>rl_discard_keymap</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC31">2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX228">rl_dispatching</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX343"><CODE>rl_display_match_list</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX231">rl_display_prompt</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX302"><CODE>rl_do_undo</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC34">2.4.5 Allowing Undoing</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX225">rl_done</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX375"><CODE>rl_echo_signal_char</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX260">rl_editing_mode</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX267"><CODE>rl_empty_keymap</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC31">2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX223">rl_end</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX299"><CODE>rl_end_undo_group</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC34">2.4.5 Allowing Undoing</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX229">rl_erase_empty_line</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX244">rl_event_hook</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX326"><CODE>rl_execute_next</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC37">2.4.8 Character Input</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX254">rl_executing_key</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX251">rl_executing_keymap</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX255">rl_executing_keyseq</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX253">rl_executing_macro</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX316"><CODE>rl_expand_prompt</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX258">rl_explicit_arg</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX339"><CODE>rl_extend_line_buffer</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX418">rl_filename_completion_desired</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX390"><CODE>rl_filename_completion_function</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC47">2.6.2 Completion Functions</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX395">rl_filename_dequoting_function</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX408">rl_filename_quote_characters</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX419">rl_filename_quoting_desired</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX394">rl_filename_quoting_function</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX401">rl_filename_rewrite_hook</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX400">rl_filename_stat_hook</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX305"><CODE>rl_forced_update_display</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX337"><CODE>rl_free</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX266"><CODE>rl_free_keymap</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC31">2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX372"><CODE>rl_free_line_state</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX301"><CODE>rl_free_undo_list</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC34">2.4.5 Allowing Undoing</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX294"><CODE>rl_function_dumper</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC33">2.4.4 Associating Function Names and Bindings</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX290"><CODE>rl_function_of_keyseq</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC33">2.4.4 Associating Function Names and Bindings</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX291"><CODE>rl_function_of_keyseq_len</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC33">2.4.4 Associating Function Names and Bindings</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX296"><CODE>rl_funmap_names</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC33">2.4.4 Associating Function Names and Bindings</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX286"><CODE>rl_generic_bind</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX268"><CODE>rl_get_keymap</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC31">2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX270"><CODE>rl_get_keymap_by_name</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC31">2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX271"><CODE>rl_get_keymap_name</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC31">2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX378"><CODE>rl_get_screen_size</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX356"><CODE>rl_get_termcap</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC40">2.4.11 Miscellaneous Functions</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX324"><CODE>rl_getc</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC37">2.4.8 Character Input</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX245">rl_getc_function</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX235">rl_gnu_readline_p</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX417">rl_ignore_completion_duplicates</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX397">rl_ignore_some_completions_function</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX424">rl_inhibit_completion</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX340"><CODE>rl_initialize</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX247">rl_input_available_hook</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX387"><CODE>rl_insert_completions</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC47">2.6.2 Completion Functions</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX318"><CODE>rl_insert_text</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC36">2.4.7 Modifying Text</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX238">rl_instream</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX292"><CODE>rl_invoking_keyseqs</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC33">2.4.4 Associating Function Names and Bindings</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX293"><CODE>rl_invoking_keyseqs_in_map</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC33">2.4.4 Associating Function Names and Bindings</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX360"><CODE>rl_keep_mark_active</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC40">2.4.11 Miscellaneous Functions</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX256">rl_key_sequence_length</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX321"><CODE>rl_kill_text</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC36">2.4.7 Modifying Text</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX241">rl_last_func</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX233">rl_library_version</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX221">rl_line_buffer</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX295"><CODE>rl_list_funmap_names</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC33">2.4.4 Associating Function Names and Bindings</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX350"><CODE>rl_macro_bind</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC40">2.4.11 Miscellaneous Functions</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX351"><CODE>rl_macro_dumper</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC40">2.4.11 Miscellaneous Functions</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX262"><CODE>rl_make_bare_keymap</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC31">2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX264"><CODE>rl_make_keymap</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC31">2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX224">rl_mark</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX361"><CODE>rl_mark_active_p</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC40">2.4.11 Miscellaneous Functions</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX312"><CODE>rl_message</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX303"><CODE>rl_modifying</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC34">2.4.5 Allowing Undoing</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX289"><CODE>rl_named_function</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC33">2.4.4 Associating Function Names and Bindings</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX226">rl_num_chars_to_read</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX259">rl_numeric_arg</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX306"><CODE>rl_on_new_line</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX307"><CODE>rl_on_new_line_with_prompt</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX239">rl_outstream</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX287"><CODE>rl_parse_and_bind</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX227">rl_pending_input</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX370"><CODE>rl_pending_signal</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX368">rl_persistent_signal_handlers</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX222">rl_point</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX386"><CODE>rl_possible_completions</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC47">2.6.2 Completion Functions</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX243">rl_pre_input_hook</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX240">rl_prefer_env_winsize</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX249">rl_prep_term_function</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX329"><CODE>rl_prep_terminal</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC38">2.4.9 Terminal Management</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX230">rl_prompt</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX322"><CODE>rl_push_macro_input</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC36">2.4.7 Modifying Text</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX288"><CODE>rl_read_init_file</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX323"><CODE>rl_read_key</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC37">2.4.8 Character Input</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX237">rl_readline_name</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX257">rl_readline_state</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX234">rl_readline_version</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX304"><CODE>rl_redisplay</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX248">rl_redisplay_function</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX338"><CODE>rl_replace_line</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX373"><CODE>rl_reset_after_signal</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX309"><CODE>rl_reset_line_state</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX379"><CODE>rl_reset_screen_size</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX334"><CODE>rl_reset_terminal</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC38">2.4.9 Terminal Management</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX376"><CODE>rl_resize_terminal</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX315"><CODE>rl_restore_prompt</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX336"><CODE>rl_restore_state</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX314"><CODE>rl_save_prompt</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX335"><CODE>rl_save_state</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX283"><CODE>rl_set_key</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX328"><CODE>rl_set_keyboard_input_timeout</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC37">2.4.8 Character Input</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX269"><CODE>rl_set_keymap</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC31">2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX272"><CODE>rl_set_keymap_name</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC31">2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX355"><CODE>rl_set_paren_blink_timeout</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC40">2.4.11 Miscellaneous Functions</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX317"><CODE>rl_set_prompt</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX377"><CODE>rl_set_screen_size</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX380"><CODE>rl_set_signals</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX311"><CODE>rl_show_char</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX246">rl_signal_event_hook</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX421">rl_sort_completion_matches</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX409">rl_special_prefixes</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX242">rl_startup_hook</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX325"><CODE>rl_stuff_char</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC37">2.4.8 Character Input</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX236">rl_terminal_name</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX331"><CODE>rl_tty_set_default_bindings</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC38">2.4.9 Terminal Management</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX333"><CODE>rl_tty_set_echoing</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC38">2.4.9 Terminal Management</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX332"><CODE>rl_tty_unset_default_bindings</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC38">2.4.9 Terminal Management</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX280"><CODE>rl_unbind_command_in_map</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX279"><CODE>rl_unbind_function_in_map</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX277"><CODE>rl_unbind_key</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX278"><CODE>rl_unbind_key_in_map</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX391"><CODE>rl_username_completion_function</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC47">2.6.2 Completion Functions</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX352"><CODE>rl_variable_bind</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC40">2.4.11 Miscellaneous Functions</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX354"><CODE>rl_variable_dumper</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC40">2.4.11 Miscellaneous Functions</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX353"><CODE>rl_variable_value</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC40">2.4.11 Miscellaneous Functions</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR> +<TR><TH><A NAME="fn_S"></A>S</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX111"><CODE>self-insert (a, b, A, 1, !, <small>...</small>)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX112"><CODE>self-insert (a, b, A, 1, !, <small>...</small>)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX197"><CODE>set-mark (C-@)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX198"><CODE>set-mark (C-@)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX139"><CODE>shell-transpose-words (M-C-t)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX140"><CODE>shell-transpose-words (M-C-t)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX38">show-all-if-ambiguous</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX39">show-all-if-unmodified</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX40">show-mode-in-prompt</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX41">skip-completed-text</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX205"><CODE>skip-csi-sequence ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX206"><CODE>skip-csi-sequence ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX175"><CODE>start-kbd-macro (C-x ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC20">1.4.7 Keyboard Macros</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX176"><CODE>start-kbd-macro (C-x ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC20">1.4.7 Keyboard Macros</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR> +<TR><TH><A NAME="fn_T"></A>T</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX109"><CODE>tab-insert (M-<KBD>TAB</KBD>)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX110"><CODE>tab-insert (M-<KBD>TAB</KBD>)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX195"><CODE>tilde-expand (M-~)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX196"><CODE>tilde-expand (M-~)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX115"><CODE>transpose-chars (C-t)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX116"><CODE>transpose-chars (C-t)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX117"><CODE>transpose-words (M-t)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX118"><CODE>transpose-words (M-t)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR> +<TR><TH><A NAME="fn_U"></A>U</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX191"><CODE>undo (C-_ or C-x C-u)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX192"><CODE>undo (C-_ or C-x C-u)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX161"><CODE>universal-argument ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC18">1.4.5 Specifying Numeric Arguments</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX162"><CODE>universal-argument ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC18">1.4.5 Specifying Numeric Arguments</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX143"><CODE>unix-filename-rubout ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX144"><CODE>unix-filename-rubout ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX131"><CODE>unix-line-discard (C-u)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX132"><CODE>unix-line-discard (C-u)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX141"><CODE>unix-word-rubout (C-w)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX142"><CODE>unix-word-rubout (C-w)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX119"><CODE>upcase-word (M-u)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX120"><CODE>upcase-word (M-u)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR> +<TR><TH><A NAME="fn_V"></A>V</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX42">vi-cmd-mode-string</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX217"><CODE>vi-editing-mode (M-C-j)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX218"><CODE>vi-editing-mode (M-C-j)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX43">vi-ins-mode-string</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX44">visible-stats</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR> +<TR><TH><A NAME="fn_Y"></A>Y</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX155"><CODE>yank (C-y)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX156"><CODE>yank (C-y)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX95"><CODE>yank-last-arg (M-. or M-_)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX96"><CODE>yank-last-arg (M-. or M-_)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX93"><CODE>yank-nth-arg (M-C-y)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX94"><CODE>yank-nth-arg (M-C-y)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX157"><CODE>yank-pop (M-y)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX158"><CODE>yank-pop (M-y)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR> +<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR> +</TABLE><P></P><table><tr><th valign=top>Jump to: </th><td><A HREF="readline.html#fn__" style="text-decoration:none"><b>_</b></A> + +<BR> +<A HREF="readline.html#fn_A" style="text-decoration:none"><b>A</b></A> + +<A HREF="readline.html#fn_B" style="text-decoration:none"><b>B</b></A> + +<A HREF="readline.html#fn_C" style="text-decoration:none"><b>C</b></A> + +<A HREF="readline.html#fn_D" style="text-decoration:none"><b>D</b></A> + +<A HREF="readline.html#fn_E" style="text-decoration:none"><b>E</b></A> + +<A HREF="readline.html#fn_F" style="text-decoration:none"><b>F</b></A> + +<A HREF="readline.html#fn_H" style="text-decoration:none"><b>H</b></A> + +<A HREF="readline.html#fn_I" style="text-decoration:none"><b>I</b></A> + +<A HREF="readline.html#fn_K" style="text-decoration:none"><b>K</b></A> + +<A HREF="readline.html#fn_M" style="text-decoration:none"><b>M</b></A> + +<A HREF="readline.html#fn_N" style="text-decoration:none"><b>N</b></A> + +<A HREF="readline.html#fn_O" style="text-decoration:none"><b>O</b></A> + +<A HREF="readline.html#fn_P" style="text-decoration:none"><b>P</b></A> + +<A HREF="readline.html#fn_Q" style="text-decoration:none"><b>Q</b></A> + +<A HREF="readline.html#fn_R" style="text-decoration:none"><b>R</b></A> + +<A HREF="readline.html#fn_S" style="text-decoration:none"><b>S</b></A> + +<A HREF="readline.html#fn_T" style="text-decoration:none"><b>T</b></A> + +<A HREF="readline.html#fn_U" style="text-decoration:none"><b>U</b></A> + +<A HREF="readline.html#fn_V" style="text-decoration:none"><b>V</b></A> + +<A HREF="readline.html#fn_Y" style="text-decoration:none"><b>Y</b></A> + +</td></tr></table><br><P> + +<HR SIZE="6"> +<A NAME="SEC_Contents"></A> +<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0> +<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD> +</TR></TABLE> +<H1>Table of Contents</H1> +<UL> +<A NAME="TOC1" HREF="readline.html#SEC1">1. Command Line Editing</A> +<BR> +<UL> +<A NAME="TOC2" HREF="readline.html#SEC2">1.1 Introduction to Line Editing</A> +<BR> +<A NAME="TOC3" HREF="readline.html#SEC3">1.2 Readline Interaction</A> +<BR> +<UL> +<A NAME="TOC4" HREF="readline.html#SEC4">1.2.1 Readline Bare Essentials</A> +<BR> +<A NAME="TOC5" HREF="readline.html#SEC5">1.2.2 Readline Movement Commands</A> +<BR> +<A NAME="TOC6" HREF="readline.html#SEC6">1.2.3 Readline Killing Commands</A> +<BR> +<A NAME="TOC7" HREF="readline.html#SEC7">1.2.4 Readline Arguments</A> +<BR> +<A NAME="TOC8" HREF="readline.html#SEC8">1.2.5 Searching for Commands in the History</A> +<BR> +</UL> +<A NAME="TOC9" HREF="readline.html#SEC9">1.3 Readline Init File</A> +<BR> +<UL> +<A NAME="TOC10" HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A> +<BR> +<A NAME="TOC11" HREF="readline.html#SEC11">1.3.2 Conditional Init Constructs</A> +<BR> +<A NAME="TOC12" HREF="readline.html#SEC12">1.3.3 Sample Init File</A> +<BR> +</UL> +<A NAME="TOC13" HREF="readline.html#SEC13">1.4 Bindable Readline Commands</A> +<BR> +<UL> +<A NAME="TOC14" HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A> +<BR> +<A NAME="TOC15" HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A> +<BR> +<A NAME="TOC16" HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A> +<BR> +<A NAME="TOC17" HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A> +<BR> +<A NAME="TOC18" HREF="readline.html#SEC18">1.4.5 Specifying Numeric Arguments</A> +<BR> +<A NAME="TOC19" HREF="readline.html#SEC19">1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You</A> +<BR> +<A NAME="TOC20" HREF="readline.html#SEC20">1.4.7 Keyboard Macros</A> +<BR> +<A NAME="TOC21" HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A> +<BR> +</UL> +<A NAME="TOC22" HREF="readline.html#SEC22">1.5 Readline vi Mode</A> +<BR> +</UL> +<A NAME="TOC23" HREF="readline.html#SEC23">2. Programming with GNU Readline</A> +<BR> +<UL> +<A NAME="TOC24" HREF="readline.html#SEC24">2.1 Basic Behavior</A> +<BR> +<A NAME="TOC25" HREF="readline.html#SEC25">2.2 Custom Functions</A> +<BR> +<UL> +<A NAME="TOC26" HREF="readline.html#SEC26">2.2.1 Readline Typedefs</A> +<BR> +<A NAME="TOC27" HREF="readline.html#SEC27">2.2.2 Writing a New Function</A> +<BR> +</UL> +<A NAME="TOC28" HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A> +<BR> +<A NAME="TOC29" HREF="readline.html#SEC29">2.4 Readline Convenience Functions</A> +<BR> +<UL> +<A NAME="TOC30" HREF="readline.html#SEC30">2.4.1 Naming a Function</A> +<BR> +<A NAME="TOC31" HREF="readline.html#SEC31">2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap</A> +<BR> +<A NAME="TOC32" HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A> +<BR> +<A NAME="TOC33" HREF="readline.html#SEC33">2.4.4 Associating Function Names and Bindings</A> +<BR> +<A NAME="TOC34" HREF="readline.html#SEC34">2.4.5 Allowing Undoing</A> +<BR> +<A NAME="TOC35" HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A> +<BR> +<A NAME="TOC36" HREF="readline.html#SEC36">2.4.7 Modifying Text</A> +<BR> +<A NAME="TOC37" HREF="readline.html#SEC37">2.4.8 Character Input</A> +<BR> +<A NAME="TOC38" HREF="readline.html#SEC38">2.4.9 Terminal Management</A> +<BR> +<A NAME="TOC39" HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A> +<BR> +<A NAME="TOC40" HREF="readline.html#SEC40">2.4.11 Miscellaneous Functions</A> +<BR> +<A NAME="TOC41" HREF="readline.html#SEC41">2.4.12 Alternate Interface</A> +<BR> +<A NAME="TOC42" HREF="readline.html#SEC42">2.4.13 A Readline Example</A> +<BR> +<A NAME="TOC43" HREF="readline.html#SEC43">2.4.14 Alternate Interface Example</A> +<BR> +</UL> +<A NAME="TOC44" HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A> +<BR> +<A NAME="TOC45" HREF="readline.html#SEC45">2.6 Custom Completers</A> +<BR> +<UL> +<A NAME="TOC46" HREF="readline.html#SEC46">2.6.1 How Completing Works</A> +<BR> +<A NAME="TOC47" HREF="readline.html#SEC47">2.6.2 Completion Functions</A> +<BR> +<A NAME="TOC48" HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A> +<BR> +<A NAME="TOC49" HREF="readline.html#SEC49">2.6.4 A Short Completion Example</A> +<BR> +</UL> +</UL> +<A NAME="TOC50" HREF="readline.html#SEC50">A. GNU Free Documentation License</A> +<BR> +<A NAME="TOC52" HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Concept Index</A> +<BR> +<A NAME="TOC53" HREF="readline.html#SEC53">Function and Variable Index</A> +<BR> +</UL> +<HR SIZE=1> +<A NAME="SEC_OVERVIEW"></A> +<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0> +<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD> +</TR></TABLE> +<H1>Short Table of Contents</H1> +<BLOCKQUOTE> +<A NAME="TOC1" HREF="readline.html#SEC1">1. Command Line Editing</A> +<BR> +<A NAME="TOC23" HREF="readline.html#SEC23">2. Programming with GNU Readline</A> +<BR> +<A NAME="TOC50" HREF="readline.html#SEC50">A. GNU Free Documentation License</A> +<BR> +<A NAME="TOC52" HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Concept Index</A> +<BR> +<A NAME="TOC53" HREF="readline.html#SEC53">Function and Variable Index</A> +<BR> + +</BLOCKQUOTE> +<HR SIZE=1> +<A NAME="SEC_About"></A> +<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0> +<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Index</A>]</TD> +<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD> +</TR></TABLE> +<H1>About this document</H1> +This document was generated by <I>Chet Ramey</I> on <I>October, 30 2020</I> +using <A HREF="http://www.mathematik.uni-kl.de/~obachman/Texi2html +"><I>texi2html</I></A> +<P></P> +The buttons in the navigation panels have the following meaning: +<P></P> +<table border = "1"> +<TR> +<TH> Button </TH> +<TH> Name </TH> +<TH> Go to </TH> +<TH> From 1.2.3 go to</TH> +</TR> +<TR> +<TD ALIGN="CENTER"> + [ < ] </TD> +<TD ALIGN="CENTER"> +Back +</TD> +<TD> +previous section in reading order +</TD> +<TD> +1.2.2 +</TD> +</TR> +<TR> +<TD ALIGN="CENTER"> + [ > ] </TD> +<TD ALIGN="CENTER"> +Forward +</TD> +<TD> +next section in reading order +</TD> +<TD> +1.2.4 +</TD> +</TR> +<TR> +<TD ALIGN="CENTER"> + [ << ] </TD> +<TD ALIGN="CENTER"> +FastBack +</TD> +<TD> +previous or up-and-previous section +</TD> +<TD> +1.1 +</TD> +</TR> +<TR> +<TD ALIGN="CENTER"> + [ Up ] </TD> +<TD ALIGN="CENTER"> +Up +</TD> +<TD> +up section +</TD> +<TD> +1.2 +</TD> +</TR> +<TR> +<TD ALIGN="CENTER"> + [ >> ] </TD> +<TD ALIGN="CENTER"> +FastForward +</TD> +<TD> +next or up-and-next section +</TD> +<TD> +1.3 +</TD> +</TR> +<TR> +<TD ALIGN="CENTER"> + [Top] </TD> +<TD ALIGN="CENTER"> +Top +</TD> +<TD> +cover (top) of document +</TD> +<TD> + +</TD> +</TR> +<TR> +<TD ALIGN="CENTER"> + [Contents] </TD> +<TD ALIGN="CENTER"> +Contents +</TD> +<TD> +table of contents +</TD> +<TD> + +</TD> +</TR> +<TR> +<TD ALIGN="CENTER"> + [Index] </TD> +<TD ALIGN="CENTER"> +Index +</TD> +<TD> +concept index +</TD> +<TD> + +</TD> +</TR> +<TR> +<TD ALIGN="CENTER"> + [ ? ] </TD> +<TD ALIGN="CENTER"> +About +</TD> +<TD> +this page +</TD> +<TD> + +</TD> +</TR> +</TABLE> +<P></P> +where the <STRONG> Example </STRONG> assumes that the current position +is at <STRONG> Subsubsection One-Two-Three </STRONG> of a document of +the following structure: +<UL> +<LI> 1. Section One </LI> +<UL> +<LI>1.1 Subsection One-One</LI> +<UL> +<LI> ... </LI> +</UL> +<LI>1.2 Subsection One-Two</LI> +<UL> +<LI>1.2.1 Subsubsection One-Two-One +</LI><LI>1.2.2 Subsubsection One-Two-Two +</LI><LI>1.2.3 Subsubsection One-Two-Three <STRONG> +<== Current Position </STRONG> +</LI><LI>1.2.4 Subsubsection One-Two-Four +</LI></UL> +<LI>1.3 Subsection One-Three</LI> +<UL> +<LI> ... </LI> +</UL> +<LI>1.4 Subsection One-Four</LI> +</UL> +</UL> + +<HR SIZE=1> +<BR> +<FONT SIZE="-1"> +This document was generated +by <I>Chet Ramey</I> on <I>October, 30 2020</I> +using <A HREF="http://www.mathematik.uni-kl.de/~obachman/Texi2html +"><I>texi2html</I></A> + +</BODY> +</HTML> |